您的当前位置:首页新目标七年级下册英语教案全册

新目标七年级下册英语教案全册

2021-11-22 来源:乌哈旅游
人教新目标七年级英语教案

2017年春七年级英语下册

Unit1-12全册教案

Unit 1 Can you play the guitar? .............................................................. 2 Unit 2 What time do you go to school? ................................................. 9 Unit3 How do you get to school ? ........................................................ 16 Unit4 Don’t eat in class. ........................................................................ 21 Unit5 Why do you like pandas?............................................................ 28 Unit 6 I’m watching TV. ......................................................................... 35 Unit 7 It’s raining! .................................................................................. 45 Unit 8 Is there a post office near here? ............................................... 54 Unit 9 What does he look like? ............................................................. 62 Unit 10 I’d like some noodles ............................................................... 70 Unit 11 How was your school trip? ...................................................... 76 Unit 12 What did you do last weekend? .............................................. 86

1

人教新目标七年级英语教案

2017年春七年级英语下册教案

Unit 1 Can you play the guitar?

一. Knowledge and abilities goals:

1.vocabulary:dance,swim,sing,play chess , paint ,speak English, play the guitar 2. How to use Model verb” can”.

3. Listening and speaking skills and communicative competence. 二. Teaching method: Listening and speaking methods. Pair works. 三. Moral goals: Encourage students to express their abilities.

Content of courses: In this period, students will learn some names of clubs ,such as art , music, chess club, swimming club, etc. students will learn the drills :Do you want to join…club ?Can you …?

四. Importance and difficulty: can

Teaching Aids: A tape recorder. Some pictures. A projector Some sports things, such as volleyball, basketball, etc. Preparation test paper for lessons before class. 五. Teaching Time: 4 periods

Period 1 (Section A: 1a-2d)

1.Knowledge Objects: Learn to talk about abilities.

Know something about the culture of clubs. Can you/he..?What can you do? What club do you want to join?can, can’t, draw, dance, swim, speak, walk. 2.Teaching key point: can 3. Teaching Difficult point: can 4.Teaching Procedures: Step 1. Lead-in

Enjoy a song I’m a musician T: Do you want to be a musician? S: T: Can you play the piano? S… T: What can you do? S: I can… T: What about you? S:

T: OK, now please show your talent and tell us what you can do.

Ask one of the students come to the front and do the action. Ask other students to guess what he or

2

人教新目标七年级英语教案

she can do. Step 2. Presentation

T: Look at the pictures. What are they doing? S: Step 3 Pair work

Look at the pictures. Ask and answer like this: A: Can you play basketball?

B: Yes, I can. / No, I can’t. Can you…? Step 4 Presentation

Show some pictures of famous stars. Practice the third person “he, she, they” T: Where can you play chess? S:

T: Yes, in a chess club. This term, we have a lot of clubs. What club do you want to join? S… T: Sounds great. Can you…? S: Yes, I can/ No, I can’t

If the answer is negative, guide students to say: S: No, I can’t. But I can learn it from others. Step5 Pair work

A: What club do you want to join? B: I want to join the… A: Can you …?

B: Yes, I can . No, I can’t. But I can learn it from others. Step 6 Listening Listen to 1b

Listen to 2a and 2b. Tell them to give special attention to listening activity (names of the clubs). Finish the tasks. Step 7 Pair work

Look at 2b and talk about what the people can do the clubs they want to join. Step 7 Role-play the conversation 2d

T: If you like telling stories. What club can you join? S: Story telling club.

T: Right. Please read the conversation following the recording. Who wants to join the story telling club? Then role-play the conversation. Step 8 Explain some language points. Step 9 Homework

3

人教新目标七年级英语教案

Reflection after class:

________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Period 2 (Section A: 3a-3c)

1. Knowledge Objects: go on learning to talk about abilities. —Can you play the guitar? —Yes, I can./ No, I can't. —What can you do? —I can dance.

—What club do you want to join? —I want to join the chess club.

2. Teaching key points: Conclude the usage of ‘can’; put all new language into practice through different activities.

3. Teaching Difficult points: Distinguish “say, speak, tell, talk” 4.Teaching Procedures:

Step1:Greeting, Warming up and duty report. Watch a flash about the content of the Just for fun.

Talk something about the flash: Why is the other boy unhappy?

Introduce because of the difference of time zones, the time in different places are different.

Revision: show the time in six places: Beijing, Tokyo, Paris, Los Angeles, New York, and London. Elicit the sentence pattern: What time is it? It’s……

Draw attention to the “am” and “pm”. For instance, Beijing is seven o’clock in the morning. We can say Beijing is seven am. Los Angeles is three in the afternoon. So we can say Los Angeles is three pm. (teacher helps students answer).

Step2:Review the words learnt in the last period and add more.

(1)T:Here are some Chinese, let us see what time do they usually get up/ take a shower… get up take a shower eat breakfast go to school eat lunch run go home

4

人教新目标七年级英语教案

do homework eat dinner go to bed (2)ask students to make a survey

Ask your friend 5 questions about his /her day. Then make a report. A: What time do you usually…? B: I usually…at… Step3:presentation.

(1)Ben’s day. Introduce something about Ben.

Using the sentence pattern: What time does he usually get up/go to school/… Pay attention to the verb form of the third person. Discuss Do you like ben’;s routines.

(2)Show the picture of Scott. He usually gets up at 5 pm. Ask students to predict what his job is?

(3)listen to the tape,and try to answer this question. then read through the passage,and match the pictures with the times.

(4)read it again and fill in the chart. (5)answer the following questions 1.Where does he work? 2.How does he go to work? Step4:Work on 3a.

(1)Read through the passage and tell me what his job is. (2)Read it again and match the pictures. (3)Answer questions:

What does he do after he get up?

Does he go to work after breakfast? What does he do? How does he go to work? By bus or on foot? What does he do before he goes to bed?

What does“What a funny time to eat breakfast!”mean? Step5:Follow up.

T:My friend Da Bao likes Scott's work, so he gets to Sai Te Hotel . But he doesn't find him. T: There are many children in the hotel. Look, they are coming. Please ask them questions to find the real Scott.

Step6:Work on part4.

T:Now six people make a group, and ask the other students when they usually go to bed . The leader

5

人教新目标七年级英语教案

lines up from the earliest to the latest bedtime. T: Let's listen Group1…Group2… Step7:Work on part 3 of self –check.

T: Now I want to know something about what you do on weekends. You can go, ask your classmates and fill in the forms. Then you have a report. T: You may begin it like this \"Ma Li gets up at …\" Step8:Homework. Oral work:

(1)Read 3a and recite it.

(2)Go on making a survey to find out what your classmates do on weekends. Reflection after class:

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Period 3 (Section B: 1a-1f)

1. Knowledge Objects: go on learning to talk about abilities. drum, play the drum, piano, play the piano, violin, play the violin

2. Teaching key points: Improve listening and speaking 3. Teaching Difficult points: Improve listening and speaking

6

人教新目标七年级英语教案

4. Teaching Procedures:

Step 1 Warming- up and revision Daily greeting.

Check the homework. Let some Ss report what his/her family members can do. Step 2 Presentation

Play the sound of different kinds of instruments. Let Ss guess what it is. Act and show your classmates your talent.

T: Please stand in front of your classmates. Act and say what you can. S1: (sing and dance) I can sing and dance. S2: (play the drum) I can play the drum.. Step 3 Listening

Tell the Ss that they will listen to some sounds of the instruments. Listen and number the words [1-4] in the order of the sounds you hear in 1a. Play the recording again and check the answers.

T: Now let's work on 1c. First, let one student read the words and phrases aloud. Then listen to the 1d and circle the words and phrase you hear. Check the answers:

T: Now please look at the chart in 1e. What can Bill, Cindy and Frank do? What can't they do? You'll listen to the recording again. Then try to fill in the blanks. Step 4 Group work

Work in groups. Take turn to talk about what Bill, Cindy and Frank can and can't do. S1: Bill can play the guitar, but he can't sing.

S2: Cindy can sing and play the drum, but he can't play the piano. Teacher can walk around the classroom, and give some help to the Ss. Step 5 Homework

Make up a conversation between a volunteer and a person who is in charge of a sports club/old people’s home/music club. Reflection after class:

___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

7

人教新目标七年级英语教案

Period 4 (Section B: 2a-self check)

1. Knowledge Objects: go on learning to talk about abilities. also, people, help (sb) with sth, center, home, today, be good with, make, make friends, weekend, on weekends/on the weekend, teach, musician

2. Teaching key points: Also, too; be good with, help with 3. Teaching Difficult points: Describe one’s ability 4. Teaching Procedures: Step 1 Warming-up Check the homework

Ask some pairs to show their conversations Step 2 Reading

First, show some pictures of the boys and girls and some key words in 2a.

T: Here are some pictures and information about Peter, Alan and Ma Huan. Can you describe them according to the pictures and key words?

S1: Guide Ss to use “also, too”, and distinguish how to use these two words. Give comments on Ss’ descriptions.

T: Now we’ll read three ads. What's the main idea of each ad? What's each ad's title? Now let's read the three ads and select a title for each ad. Ss read carefully and try to select a title for each ad. Check the answers with the class. Step 3 Review the usage of “tell”,

Review and distinguish the usage and function of “help”

T: Suppose Peter, Alan and Ma Huan want to help to do something after school. Which ad is right for him/her? Now read the descriptions in 2a and the ads in 2b again. Select a right ad for each person. Ss read the descriptions in 2a and the ads in 2b again. Try to select a right ad for each person. They can talk about the answers in their groups. Check the answers with the class. Step 4 Homework 1. Recite 2a and 2b

2. Finish the exercise on p6 Reflection after class:

____________________________________________________________________

8

人教新目标七年级英语教案

Unit 2 What time do you go to school?

1. Teaching Aims:

1) Aims of Basic Knowledge:

① Vocabulary: time, shower, usually, O’clock, what time, go to school, take a shower. ② Grammar: What time do you…? What time does he / she…? ③ Function: Use the simple tense to talk about the daily life.

2) Aims of Abilities: Listening skill. Speaking skill. Reading skill. Writing skill. 3) Aims of Emotion: Love life. 2. Analysis of the Material:

1) Brief Introduction of the teaching material:

What time / When do you…?” “ What time / When does he…?”

2) Teaching Focus: What time do you…? What time does he/ she…? 3) Teaching Difficulties: Present tense. 3. Learning Methods: Make a plan. Culture.

4. Teaching Methods: Student- centered. Task-based Teaching. 5. Teaching Time: 4 periods

Period 1(Section A: 1a-2a)

Step One: Warming-up Greeting

T: Good afternoon, everyone. Ss: Good afternoon, Miss Yang.

Step Two: Presentation

1.

Adjust the time, and ask students questions.

T: What time is it? Ss: It’s 12 o’clock. ( Write on Bb ) ( Help Ss to say )

T: What time is it? Ss: It’s 10:15. ( Help Ss to say ) 2. 3.

Ask one student to come to the front, adjust the time and ask the other students.

S1: What time is it? Ss: It’s 9 o’clock.

Teach the new words & phrases.

Show some pictures of different clocks and the activities.

T: I’m very busy these days. Can you guess what time I get up / eat breakfast / go to school / run / 9

人教新目标七年级英语教案

take a shower? ( Write on Bb)

T: I usually get up at 6:35. ( Teach Ss the new word “ usually” ) S1: You usually eat breakfast at … S2: You usually run at…

S3: You usually take a shower at … 4. Ask Ss to do the exercise of 1a, and then check the answers. Step Three: Listening

1.

Show Ss the timetable of Rick’s ( write on small Bb )

Rick’s timetable Gets up Eats breakfast Runs Goes to school Takes a shower Ask Ss listen to the recorder and fill in the chart.

Then check the answers.

2.

Ask and answer.

T: What time does Rick get up / eat breakfast / run / go to school / take a shower ? Ss: He gets up / eats breakfast / runs / goes to school / takes a shower at… ( Ask Ss pay attention to the underlined phrases.)

Step Four: Consolidation

1.

Ask Ss to look at the pictures and tell their days.

Example: I usually get up at …. I eat breakfast at …. I go to school at …. At …, I take a shower.Step Six: Homework

1. Try to remember all the words & phrases.

2. Survey: Ask your classmates their routines, and give your report. 3.

Plan: January 1st is coming. Please plan it, and make your day wonderful. Step Seven Blackboard Design Unit 2 What time do you go to school? What time do you go to school? I usually go to school at six thirty. go to school get dressed get up brush teeth eat breakfast take a shower what time

10

人教新目标七年级英语教案

Reflection after class:

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Period 2 (Section A: 2b-Grammar Focus)

1. Aims and demands :

1) Language skills :Ss learn to talk about kinds of transportation, and how long it takes to go places, and how far apart places are.

2) Target Language : Words : how far , get to , bicycle , subway , bus stop, train station , minute, kilometer, mile , transportation , calendar

Sentences: How do you get to school ? / How long does it take ? / How far is it ?

3) Moral object : Through learning this unit , Ss can enable them to care for each other whenever crossing the roads and pay attention to the sign of traffic. 2. Analysis of the material:

Students have learned the transportation before.. In this unit ,they need to learn more details about the transportation. At the same time ,they need to learn “How long and How far” and they can use them freely.

3. Teaching methods:

pairwork , groupwork ,listening and speaking, practicing 4, learning strategies:

Personalizing Inferring vocabulary 5.Teaching aids:

Tape recorder, a projector or a computer 6.Teaching period: Four periods.

Period 3 (Section B: 3a-3c)

11

人教新目标七年级英语教案

1. Aims and Demands: Key vocabulary, How do you get to school ? How does he get to school ? 2. Teaching methods : Listening Writing Pairwork 3. Teaching Aids : A tape recorder. Step I Leading in

T: Good morning, everyone! You know I live far away ,so I go to school by bus every day. What about you? David, “How often do you go to school?” S:--------

T: So we will talk about how to get to places in this unit. Step II

Now I will show you pictures and let’s review the transportations we know. Then we will learn more about it .(take the subway) Please open your books and finish 1a. Step III

1. There are five names in 1b.Now they are in the picture. We should find them.

2. Play the tape .They should listen carefully and find the persons .Write the numbers next to the correct students in the picture above. After listening , check the answers together . Step IV

Point to the example in the box , ask two students to read it .then ask them to make up their conversations about how the people in the picture get to school . Teacher choose some pairs to act their conversations. Step V

Practicing the listening :T: I will play two conversations The people are talking about how students get to school and how long it takes .The first time check the kinds of transportation that you hear. The second time match the time with the kinds of transportation activity 2a. Step VI

1. Pay attention to the picture and dialogue.2. Make your own dialogue into pairs. 3. Act it in front of the students. Step VII

Summary and homework: This class we have learnt some key vocabulary and the target language .I hope after class you can survey how does your friends get to school .and pre-revise the 3a,3b.

Step VIII Blackboard Design

12

人教新目标七年级英语教案

Unit 4 How do you get to school ? How do you get to school ? How long does it take ?It takes about 10 minutes . Reflection after class:

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Period 4

课题教学设计 Unit 2 What time do you go to school?(第4课时) 一、教学三维目标 1.知识与技能: (1) 通过本单元的学习,使学生掌握相关的时间表达方法以及相关的词汇,能够就生活中的时间安排及日常活动来交谈; (2) 通过情景设计来激发学生学习的学习兴趣,并培养学生的自主学习和与他人合作的精神; (3) 通过谈论作息时间及日常活动,培养学生合理安排作息时间的意识。 教学批注 2.过程与方法:启发式教学和讨论法 13

人教新目标七年级英语教案

3.情感态度与价值观: 让学生能合理安排作息时间 二、教学重点、难点 教学重点 (1)时间的表达法 (2)第三人称单数谓语动词的运用 (3)本单元的新词汇多及内容跨度大也给学生在理解和掌握上带来了一定的困难。 教学难点 Ss write an essay about their daily abilities. 三、教学准备 录音机、磁带、实物、图片等 四、教学课时 5课时 五、教学过程

14

人教新目标七年级英语教案

Step 1 Check their homework Choose some students to tell us the Sunday schedule and collect it Step 2 Self check 1. Page 70 part 1, Let them to finish it. 2. Have a dictation. Step 3 Design a survey 1. According to the knowledge, let them to design a survey. 2. Write down on page 70. 3. Ask some students to do it orally. Step 4 Game 1. Divide them into three groups, and write the name, time and actions on the paper. 2. Collect them into three boxes, and ask students to choose, then make a sentence. 3. If he is right, his group will get one flag. Step 5 Culture notes 1. Read through ‘just for fun’. 2. Discuss in groups. 3. Tell us what happened. Step 5 Homework Arrange your class in a week Monday. Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday 7:30-8:10 Break time 板书设计 教 学 反 思

15

人教新目标七年级英语教案

Unit3 How do you get to school ?

Period 1 (Section A: 1a-1C)

授课人:______ 授课班级: _____ 授课时间:2016年___月___日____午第____节 【学习目标】

1.掌握本节课的5个单词:train bus subway ride bike

和5个短语: take the train take the bus take the subway ; ride the bike walk to

2.熟练运用问方式的句型。----How do you get to school ? ---- I ride my bike .

3.掌握句型:I take the bus to (get to) school . I get to school by bus .

4.能听懂有关谈论行为方式的对话并进行自由交际。

【预习指导】自我预习:

一、扫清障碍

根据音标读出1a---1c的单词,并记住。 二、课本预习:

熟读1a 的词组并翻译成汉语。 熟读1a并根据图中的信息填空 翻译1c对话。

(二)预习效果检查。

1,写出并读出下列单词和短语:

火车 公共汽车 地铁 自行车 乘火车/地铁/----- 骑自行车

2,翻译下列句子

1),你怎么上学/回家/去威远?

我步行上学。我骑自行车回家。我乘公共汽车去威远。 2),她乘地铁上学。Mike乘火车回家。

【 课内学习】 一、教材处理:

1.检查1a 的预习效果(熟练掌握1a中的词组)。 2.放录音让学生完成1b, 跟读,朗读听力材料。 3.检查答案。

4.检查3c对话情况。

学生背诵此对话,然后结合1a图画两人一组自编对话。 5,展示成果,小组对话表演。 二、 组内探讨:

16

人教新目标七年级英语教案

1,How are you?怎样用英语回答。

2, How do you get to -----?怎样用英语回答。 How does he get to ------?怎样用英语回答。 3, How do/does sb do ---?句型扩展 How do you come to school ? How do they go home ? How does he play baseball ?

How does Mike help his mother ? 三,要点总结

1, 问交通方式的句型 How do/does -------get to ---?

回答时可用动词短语(谓语)take the bus /train /subway /plane /ship to ride my bike /the horse to

drive sb to walk to 还可以用介词短语(状语) by bus /train /subway /plane /bike o n foot /on the bus /on the train /on her bike in his car

2, 交通工具大会餐:(take ,ride , drive ,walk)(by)

car, truck, tricycle, motorbike, bike/ bicycle, subway, taxi, cab, train, bus, plane, school-bus, ship, boat.

Period 2 (Section A: 3a-3c)

1. Aims and demons: Key vocabulary : minute hour second take some body some time to do sth.Kilometer

2. Teaching Methods : Reading and writing Pairwork 3.Teaching Aids : Recorder A projector Step I Reading

1. Pay attention to these questions.

2. Read this text by yourself and try to answer the questions 3. Explain the text and check the answers. Step II Pairwork

1. Pay attention to the conversation on the right.2. Read this text in different roles. 3. Look at the picture and time on the left.4. Make the other conversations in pairs.(Give them five minutes)

17

人教新目标七年级英语教案

Step III ( Into group race)

Three students a group. A ,look at page 21.B, look at page 85.C, look at page 86.If they want to get the answers in the chart ,they should ask the others questions.eg: 1. How often does John go to school? 2.How long does it take Maria to get to school?

Get the answers from the conversations .At the same time ,they can practise the basic sentences in this unit.

Step V Workbook

Complete these questions and answers.

1. Q: How does she get to school? A: She takes the bus. 2. Q; How do ____get to school? A:I _____my bike. 3. Q:______ does he get to school? A: He ____ the subway. Step VI Summary

This class we’ve had reading and writing practice. And we’ve done a game. Step VII Homework

Finish off the workbook exercise. Step VIII Blackboard Design Unit 4 How do you get to school? How; How long; How far Reflection after class:

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Period 3 (Section B: 1a-2b)

1. Aims and Demands: Key vocabulary: bus stop, bus station, train station, subway station.

18

人教新目标七年级英语教案

2. Teaching Methods: Listening methods. Reading methods. Pairwork. Groupwork. Practice. 3. Teaching Aids: A tape recorder, a projector. Step I

Section B 1a , Ss match the words with the pictures .Ask them to recognize the different stations. Check the answers together . Step II

Practicing listening : Play the tape twice , the first time please give out the general meaning . the second time check the things that Tomas wants to know. The third time how does Nina get to school? Step III

Practicing reading :T: class , Do you want to know the students around world how to get to school ? ok, please read silently the article. (1 minute later ) T: Who can tell me the main idea of the article .? Good ,look at the five sentences, write T or F. Ss check the answer each other. Step IV 2b

Students look at the chart first. Make sure they know what to do. Ask them to finish the activity individually according to the chart. Then check the answers. Step V Summary

Today we have learnt some more key words and done some reading and writing practice. Step VI Home work

Preview the 2b and finish the self check. Step VII Blackboard Design Unit 4How do you get to school? First…… Next…… Then…… Most, many, some, other, a small number Reflection after class:

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Period 4 (Section B: 2c-Self check)

1. Aims and Demands: Writing practice ,make a survey, exercises over the workbook. 2. Teaching Methods: Writing method, speaking method, self check method.

19

人教新目标七年级英语教案

3. Teaching Aids: A projector. Step 1 2c

Just now you filled in an article about how students get to Hillsville High School. How do students get to your school?

As a students say, list them on the board. Tell students to use the words on the board to write about how students at your school get to school. Ask students to write individually.

Choose some students to read their work to the class. Give them little present s if they do well. Step II 4 Survey Find someone who…

Tell students we’ll do a survey. Please turn to page 92.First look at the chart. You want to know how far people live from school, how they get to school, and how long it takes them to get to school. Let me tell you how to do the survey. Go around the class and ask questions like this: How far do you live from school? How do you get to school?

How long does it take to get to school?

And find out these answers and write them names in the chart. The students with the most names in his or her chart wins the game. Step III Self check

Tell them to use the words in the box to fill in the blanks. Ask them to do this exercise individually. After finishing, write some on the board .Underline any mistakes and ask students to tell how to correct each of them. Step IV 2

Show the picture on the screen. Tell them imagine you meet an American who needs help. His friend is ill in hospital .He has got a map .But it’s a Chinese map. He doesn’t know Chinese. Can you tell him how to get to the hospital?

Students work in pairs to present their conversations to the class. Step V Summary

Today we’ve reviewed key vocabulary in the unit and done writing and oral practice. Step VI Homework

Finish off the exercise of the workbook and preview the next unit. Reflection after class:

_________________________________________________________________________________

20

人教新目标七年级英语教案

___________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________

Unit4 Don’t eat in class.

Ⅰ. Analysis of the Teaching Material 1.Status and Function

In this unit students learn to talk about school and family rules.Such a topic is so familiar to students that they must be active in all the activities in class.It is helpful to raise learning interest and useful to improve students’ listening,speaking,reading and writing skills.

(1)The first period introduces some negative imperatives first.Then students are provided with much listening and oral practice using the target language “What are the rules?”

(2)In the second period students do much listening and oral practice using the words “can” and “can’t”.After this class,students know more about what they can or can’t do at school.

(3)The third period provides students with much oral practice using the phrase “have to”.And the game in the last part is useful to raise learning interest.It is useful to improve spoken English.

(4)In the fourth period students learn to talk about what they do or don’t have to do at home. (5)In the fifth period students learn to write a letter to talk about their family rules.And they also learn to talk about some common signs.All the activities are designed to improve students’ reading and writing skills.

(6)The self check in the last period is designed to give students more reinforced practice,especially writing practice.In this way,students better understand how to apply what they have learned in their daily life.

2.Teaching Aims and Demands (1)Knowledge Objects

In this unit students learn to talk about rules.

Make students learn and grasp imperatives and the usage of the words “can” and “have to”. (2)Ability Objects

Train students’ listening,speaking,reading and writing skills.Train students’ integrating skills. (3)Moral Object

As students,we must obey school rules. 3.Teaching Key Points

Learn the key vocabulary and the target language. Learn the imperatives and the words “can”

21

人教新目标七年级英语教案

and “have to”.

4.Teaching Difficulties

Train students’ listening,speaking,reading and writing skills. Learn to write a letter. 5.Studying Ways

Teach students how to talk about rules in daily life. Ⅱ.Teaching Guidance

1.Language Function: Talk about rules.

2.Target Languages:Don’t eat in class! Can we wear hats? No,we can’t. We don’t have to wear a school uniform.

3.Structures

Imperatives. Can for permission. Modal have to. 4.Key Vocabulary

in class, classroom, hallway, gym, arrive,hate,go out, practice, inside, outside, uniform, sports shoes,fight,can,can’t,have to

5.Learning Strategies: Scanning. Deducing. Ⅲ. Periods: Six periods.

Period 1 (Section A: 1a-2d)

Step 1 Revision Review some key words and language points learned in Unit 11 briefly.

学校走廊1 2 3 4 Point to the pictures one by one and teach students to say,

5

Don’t arrive late for class.Don’t run in the hallways.Don’t eat in the classrooms.Don’t listen to music in the classrooms.Don’t fight.

Write the rules on the blackboard.Read and have students repeat several times.

Students open their books. Point out the list of school rules.Invite a different student to read each rule to the class.

Step 2 Call students’ attention to the picture.

22

人教新目标七年级英语教案

Say, Each of these students is breaking one of these rules.Write the number of the rule each student is breaking in the box next to him or her.Point out the sample answer.

Students do the activity individually. Check the answers.

Answers 1.boy looking at his watch2.boy running in the hallway3.girl eating an apple4.boy with headphones5.boys sitting at desks,fighting

Step 3 1b

Ask students to read the five rules in activity 1a once more.

Point to the three names.Say,You are to listen to a conversation.Three students are breaking the rules.Listen and write the number of the rules next to the name of the student who is breaking the rules.

Play the recording for the first time.Students only listen.

Play the recording again.This students listen and fill in the number of the rule after each name. Correct the answers.

Answers Peter:2 Nicki:3 Joseph:4 Step 4 1c

Invite a pair of students to read the sample conversation to the class. Write it on the blackboard.

Put students into pairs.Say,Student A is an exchange student.He or she doesn’t know the rules in the school.Student B tells him or her about the rules in 1a.

Get students to work in pairs.As they are working,move around the room offering help as needed.

Get some pairs of students to present their conversation to the class. (This activity provides oral practice using the target language.) Step 5 Summary

In this class we’ve mainly learned to talk about school rules. As students, we must obey school rules.

Step Ⅵ Homework

Write down the rules in activity 1a without looking at books. Step 6 Blackboard Design Unit 4 Don’t eat in class. Don’t arrive late for class. Don’t run in the hallways. Don’t eat in the classrooms. Don’t listen to music in the classrooms. 23

人教新目标七年级英语教案

Don’t fight. Reflection after class:

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Period 2 (section A: 3a,3b,3c)

Step1 Revision

T: Hello. What day is it today? What’s the weather like today? T: It is a good day today. Can we play pingpong outside?

Can we run outside/in the hallways? Can we fight in the classrooms?

Can we eat an apple in a dining hall? Do you like movies?Do you want to go to a movie? Today we are going to watch a short play about rules. It is made by our classmates.

When you are watching the play, you should to remember what rules they are breaking. Use the sentence like : Don’t …

S1: Don’t arrive late for school. S2: Don’t talk in class. S3: Don’t listen to music in class. Step 2 Presentation

T: Excuse me. What time does the school begin in the morning? S: It begins at …

T: Yeh, so I have to arrive at school at ….What about you? What time do you have to arrive at school in the morning? S: I have to arrive at school at…

T: As students, what do you have to do in the school? S: We can’t listen to … eat in class. fight. … T: What can you do at home?

S: I can play computer/watch TV/sleep/talk/…at home. Step 3 Task 1: tell the reason

T: Where do you like to stay, at home or at school? Now I’ll give you 2 minutes to prepare for it. S: At school, I can….. I don’t have to …. At home, I can’t …. I have to… Step4 Ask and answer

24

人教新目标七年级英语教案

Do you have to get up at 6:oo?

Can you watch TV on weekdays? Do you have to wash your clothes? Can you go out at night?

T: Now , look at the list. These are family rules. Please ask and answer with your partner and fill in the list. Then I will ask some of you to report this list. Step 5 3a

T: As you know, we have seven classes in a day. What can you do in an English class? S: We can speak English/learn English songs/… T: What can you do in the painting class? S: We can draw some pictures..

T: What do you have to bring for the painting class? S: We have to bring our color pencils.

T: What can you do in the PE class? Or we can say, what can you do in gym class? Step6 Task2: Design your ideal school

T: As you are students, you have to obey the rules. Now if you have the chance to be a headmaster, what kind of school do you want to make? Please tell us the rules of your ideal school. You can work with your group, ask and answer like: A: Can the students….? B: Yes, they can. / No, they can’t.

They don’t have to…. Do you like our school? Step 7 Homework: 1) Copy new words. 2) Step 8 Bb design Unit 12 Don’t eat in class. What do you have to do in the school/at home? don’t you have to … I have to … don’t have to.. What can you do in the school/at home? I can…. I can’t … Reflection after class:

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

25

Report: In our school, the students can … They can’t …. They have to ….

Design your ideal school and write down the rules

人教新目标七年级英语教案

Period 3 (section B: 1a-2c)

Step 1 Warming-up and revision

Sing some English songs. Greet the class as usual.

T: Good morning/afternoon! How are you? What’s the date today? What day is it today? What’s the weather like today? Are you happy?

Learn the song “If you’re happy.”

T: I’m very happy today, do you know? Please guess! Step 2 Reading

Present the photos of Emily and Dave on Page 74(They are laughing) and ask:

T: Are you happy? Why?

Revise Part 1 in Section B. Then show the photo of Zhao Pei in3a. Ask: Is she happy? Let Ss read the letter and find out the answers. After that, ask Ss make a list about her rules .

T: What can you do at your house and what can’t you do in your house? (Get different answers from Ss.)

Step 3 Class Survey

1. Make a list of the rules at your houses.

T: OK! There are so many rules in your houses! Now make a list of the rules at your houses. You can use Zhao Pei's list of rules as a model.

Give the Ss some minutes to write. And then have some students read their lists to the class.

Make language corrections as needed. 2. Make a survey

First, point out the sample question and answer in the picture in the book. Ask two students to read it to the class.

Step 4 Task2 Make the rules for school library

T: As you are Ss, you have to obey many rules. Now if your headmaster asks you to help him make a rule for your school library, can you help him? What kind of rules do you want to make? Please tell us the rules. Work in groups. Then make a report.

T: You are all good Ss. I hope you can be Ss both at home and at school. Be a good student. Step 6 Homework

Do the exercises in the exercise books. 教学反思:

26

人教新目标七年级英语教案

Period 4 (Section B: 3a-self check)

Step 1 Warming-up and revision 1. Greetings.

2. Enjoy English songs.

3. T: Are you happy? Ask some Ss to say the rules in their house. Step 2 Look and practice

T: Most of us have many rules in our house. What about the Jones family? Are there too many rules in his house? Look at the pictures and ask and answer in pairs like this: S1: Do you have to….? S2: Yes, I do./ No, I don’t.

Ss practice in pairs and act out. Then show a list and let Ss make the list. Step 3 Write

T: Jones is very unhappy. H e wants to write a letter to Dr Know about the rules in his house. Imagine you are Jones, do it!

Ss do this job. Then show some and enjoy their ideas. Step 4 Explanation

Revise the whole unit, and explain some important phases in class. And solve the problems the Ss have.

Step 5 Exercises

Do some exercises in class and check the answers. Step 6 Home work

1. Finish the exercises in Book 1-2.

2. Write a letter to your pen pal and tell her /him the rules of your school or your family. 教学反思:

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

27

人教新目标七年级英语教案

Unit5 Why do you like pandas?

一、教学目标

1、知识目标:学习本单元的词汇和句型结构 1)

词汇:

zoo, animal, tiger, elephant, koala bear, dolphin, panda, lion, penguin, giraffe, smart, cute, fun, ugly, intelligent, friendly, shy, kind of, Africa 2)

句型结构:

why, what, where 引导的特殊疑问句;用because表示原因;表示性质、品质的形容词的使用及程度的表达。

Why do you want to see the lions? / Why do you like lions?/Because they’re cute/interesting… What animals do you like?/Where are lions from? / Where do lions come from? They are very dangerous. They are kind of intelligent. 2、能力目标:

描述动物,并能表达对某种动物的好恶。 二、教学重、难点

1、重点:学习本单元的词汇,用what、why、where引导的特殊疑问句,用because表示原因以及形容词的使用。

2、难点:准确使用形容词对自己感兴趣的事物进行描述。 三、课前准备

教师:录音机,图片,物品实物. 学生:实物(学习用品). 四、教学建议:

课时及内容:本单元建议用5个课时完成

第一课时完成section A 1a-1c 第二课时完成section A 2a-2c(grammar focus) 第三课时完成section A 3a-4 第四课时完成section B 1-3 第五课时完成section B 3a-4

Period 1(Section A 1a-1c)

Step 1 Warming-up and revision

1.Greetings. 2.Revise the new words and expressions. 3.Revise the conversations they learned the last day. 4.Some Ss report their collection in the homework. Step 2 Presentation

28

人教新目标七年级英语教案

1、请同学用英语说出自己知道的动物名称并板书。出示课前准备好的各种动物图片,向学生

展示各种动物的英语表达方法。(tiger, elephant, koala bear, dolphin, panda, lion, penguin, giraffe, etc.)

2、发音练习, 注意元音字母及组合的发音规则。

3、 将图片按1a中的样子贴在黑板上,仿照动物园的导游图布置,要求学生将单词卡贴在相

应的动物图片下。教材中对应配对练习(1a)。(答案: b, h, d, a, e, f, g, c) Step3活动:

(1)用黑板上所贴的图片学习对某种动物的喜爱及原因 (2)完成任务需要的词汇及句型结构:

词汇:cute, interesting, fun, smart, beautiful等形容词, 句型结构:I like lions. Let’s see the lions first.

Why?(Why is that?) Because they are cute.

Step 4 听力训练:

听录音(1b)。在1a中勾出所听到的 动物。(panda, giraffe, penguin) Step 5小组活动:讨论在动物园中最先参观的动物,并给出理由。 Step 6 对话表演

(1)让小学生进行表演1c部分的知识点,进行对话训练。 (2)让几组学生在班上进行对话练习。 Step 7 Pair work

Ask the students to read the conversation in 3b first. And then ask them to make conversations. Now practice asking and answering questions about what the people in the pictures did last weekend. Practice in pairs. Use the dialogue as an example. Give the students two minutes to read and make the conversations.

Step 8 Copy the words and phrases. 教学反思:

Period 2(Section A: 2a- grammar focus)

29

人教新目标七年级英语教案

Step 1 Warming-up and revision 1.师生问候。

2.Revise the new words and expressions.

3.Revise the conversations they learned the last day. 4.Some Ss report their collection in the homework. Step 2 Presentation

1、使用各种动物图片,复习动物名称,谈论喜好及程度。

(1)What animal is it? It’s a tiger.

(2)Do you like tigers? Yes, I do. / No, I don’t. (3)Why? / Why not? Because they’re very (kind of)…

讲解very, kind of的用法,可将Section B第一部分中的ugly, scary等词提前教学。 2、学生练习对所看到的动物的喜好(程度)及原因,并表演对话。 Step 3 听力训练:

(1) 听录音,完成练习(2a)。 (2)步骤4 听录音,完成练习(2b)。

Step 4小组活动:为自己的同学选择生日礼物。调查同伴最喜爱和不喜爱的小动物及原因,然后为他/她准备一份动物玩具作为生日礼物。使用下列表格: Step 5 互(让学生语境中练交际能本课的句 汇报为生日礼物可采用情

方式(小组对话),也可以采用汇报结果的方式。 Step 6 Reading

Present the photos of Emily and Dave (They are laughing) and ask:

T: Are you happy? Why?

Revise. Then show the photo of Zhao Pei Ask: Is she happy? Let Ss read the letter and find out the answers. After that, ask Ss make a list about her rules .

T: What can you do at your house and what can’t you do in your house? (Get different answers

30

Names Animals he/she likes Reasons Animals he/she dislikes Reasons 组活动:在对话的习自己的力,巩固型) 同学选取的情况,景复现的

人教新目标七年级英语教案

from Ss.)

Step7 Grammar focus

让学生反复读,然后把这些句子翻译成英语。 Step8 Homework 反思教学:

___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Period 3(Section A: 3a-4)

Step 1 Warming-up and revision 1.师生问候。

2.Revise the new words and expressions.

3.Revise the conversations they learned the last day. 4.Some Ss report their collection in the homework. Step 2 Presentation

出示动物玩具或图片:a panda,a lion,a koala bear,请学生表达对这些动物的好恶。复习并介绍国名China, Australia, South Africa。句型结构Where are pandas from? Pandas are from China.(注意另一种表达,Where do pandas come from? Pandas come from China.)可以对这些动物的习性等做简单介绍,将Section B中的部分词汇和表达在此处介绍,如:eat grass, sleep during the day, at night, eat leaves,lazy, meat等。(3a) Step 2 :

学生练习谈论对上述三种动物的喜好,产地及简单习性。(3b) What animals do you like? I like pandas. Where are pandas from? They are from China. They are lazy. They like eating bamboos. Step3:

出示另外几种动物,如:an elephant, a giraffe, a kangaroo等,要求学生对这几种动物开展谈

31

Copy the words and phrases.

人教新目标七年级英语教案

论,包括喜好、产地、习性等信息。

Step 4 对话表演:(让学生与自己的伙伴交流,锻炼他们的口头表达能力) Step5 Bingo。

要求学生从所给的词语中随机选择九个填入旁边的格子中。放录音,让学生听到自己所选的词时,在该词上划叉,最先连成三个一排者为胜者。(Part4) Step 6 Writing

Look back at the ad in 3a.Now please write your own ad. You can use some of the sentences from activity 3a. But please use your own types of dumplings and choose different drinks. You can also change the prices. Read your ad for the class. Step 7 Pair work

Ask the students to read the conversation in 3b first. And then ask them to make conversations. Now practice asking and answering questions about what the people in the pictures did last weekend. Practice in pairs. Use the dialogue as an example. Give the students two minutes to read and make the conversations. Step 8 Homework Review the key sentences.

_

Period 4(Section B: 1-3)

Step 1 Warming-up and revision 1.师生问候。

2.Revise the new words and expressions.

3.Revise the conversations they learned the last day. 4.Some Ss report their collection in the homework. Step 2 Presentation

1、出示图片或玩具模型,对所出示图片中的动物进行描述,要求学生用别的形容词对所见到的动物进行描述,接受学生所给出的各种不同答案。共出示八幅图片。介绍形容词:ugly,

32

教学后记: __

人教新目标七年级英语教案

friendly, small, shy, intelligent ,beautiful, cut, scary等。

2、要用到的句型:What do you think of the tiger? It’s scary. Etc. (1) Step 2

让学生用1b句型及1a中的形容词进行对话练习。 活动:对步骤1中的图片进行谈论。完成任务所需要的句型结构:

What animals do you like? I like elephants. Why do you like elephants? Because they are cute. What other animals do you like? I like …, too. Why? Because … . Step 3

教师先让学生自己和同伴进行练习,然后抽几组学生进行对话表演。 Step 4 Listening Test

听录音(3遍),完成练习(2a,2b)。 Step 5

(1)要求学生采访她或他的伙伴,他/她的父母/老师喜欢什么动物。句型如下: ---- What animals does your father/mother like? -----He/She likes … -----Why does he/she like …? -----Because they are …. (2)选择部分同学在全班汇报采访结果。 Step 6 Pair work

This activity provides guided oral practice using the target language.Call attention to the question words.Have a student read them to the class .Ask Where did you go on vacation? Say,please work in pairs.As students talk,move around the room offering pronunciation and language support as needed.Read aloud. then discuss the keys.Listen and fill in the chart.Then discuss the keys. Step 7 Homework

Review the key words and phrases.

教学后记: ___

Period 5(Section B: 3a-self check)

Step 1 Warming-up and revision 1.师生问候。

33

人教新目标七年级英语教案

2.Revise the new words and expressions.

3.Revise the conversations they learned the last day. 4.Some Ss report their collection in the homework. Step 2 Presentation

教师展示四幅教学挂图,就图片提出问题,要求学生进行回答。教师可采用先通过提问进行引导的方式,过度到让学生自由谈论。

What animal is this? Where is it from?

What is the …eating/doing? Do you like it?

How much do you know about it?

在此步骤中,将3a、3b语篇中的词汇进行教学。 教学grass, sleep, during, at night, leaf, meat, relax, lazy等词汇。 Step 3 Reading

(1)引导学生读短文,回答下列问题: Who is Molly? Who is Ling Ling? Who is Bill?

(2)学生阅读语篇,并将图片与相应的语篇匹配。(3a)

How old is Molly? Where is she from? What does she like to do? How old is Ling Ling? Where is she from? What does she look like? How old is Bill? Where does he come from? When does he sleep and when does he eat his meals? (3)在订正答案时,讲解涉及到的语言知识。 Step 4 观察图片a, 完成3b。订正答案。

Step 5 小组活动(表演):动物的自述。要求学生从教材中的四种动物中选择一种进行扮演,

以独白的方式向其他同学介绍自己。

Step 6 写作练习(3c), 描写自己家养的宠物或想要养的宠物。 学生先在小组中进行讨论如何写作,然后进行书面表达。 Step 7

猜猜我的宠物是什么。让部分学生描述自己养的宠物或理想中的宠物,其他同学边听边找线索并进行猜测。要求描述出产地、颜色、习性等基本特点。 Step 6 Homework

34

人教新目标七年级英语教案

Review the key words and phrases.

教学后记:

Unit 6 I’m watching TV.

一、Teaching Goal:

In this unit students learn to talk about what people are doing. Teach students how to cooperate and be good at watching something and love our lives. 二、Teaching difficulties

1. The vocabulary and the sentence structures. 2. Learn the grammar: Present progressive tense. 3. Oral practice using the target language. 三、Teaching Methods

Listening and practicing methods, pair work, Task-Based Learning method. 四、Teaching Aids

A tape recorder, some pictures and cards. 五、Teaching Time: 5 periods

Period 1 (Section A:1a—2b)

Teaching Procedures Step 1.Revision

1. Greetings. 2. Revise the words and expressions in Unit 4. Step 2.Presatation: Lead in

1. Do “Ask and answer” practice with the Ss.

2. The teacher asks the students to give more verbs phrases and write them down on the blackboard.(show many pictures to help the Ss.)Teach the new words and expressions. 3. Teach the Present Progressive.

1)Introduction: Talk about the title of this unit. Show some pictures to introduce the Present

Progressive tense.

35

人教新目标七年级英语教案

T: What’s she/he doing?

Ss: She/He is v-ing (Help the Ss to answer the questions and show the sentences) 2) Let the Ss to say what the Present Progressive is.

(现在进行时表示现在正在进行或发生的动作, 它的表现形式为:Be Verbs + V-ing ….) 3). Tell the difference

Write down the V-ing forms by another lines of go, watch, do, play and eat . Ask the Ss to have a look and find the difference between them. For example: go and going, watch and watching, do and doing, etc. Then ask the Ss to read them again and do more exercises. Step3.Activity 1a:Match

1. Help the Ss talk about the pictures. The Ss read these V-ing words

after the teacher. Match the words and the activities. Check the answers. 2. Help the Ss do “Ask and answer” practice in pairs.

3. Ask some Ss to do actions and let the class guess what he/she is doing. Step4.Activity 1b & 1c: Listening and pair work.

1. Play the recording for the Ss to listen. Play again. Ss listen and write the number of the activity each person is doing. Check the answers.

2. Pairwork: Ask the Ss to do “Ask and answer” practice about the picture in pairs. Some pairs present their dialogues to the class.

Step 5.Activity 2a & 2b: Listening and Practice

1.Activity 2a:Talk about the picture in 2b.Ask the Ss to read the questions in 2a. Then listen to the tape and and write the answers. Check the answers.

2.Activity 2b:Play the recording again. Help the Ss put these questions and answers in order to make a conversation. Go through the answers with the Ss. Step 6 Pairwork: Activity 2c

1.Talk about the pictures in 2c. Ask Ss to read the sample conversation. Let Ss look at the first group of pictures, and ask them to guess what the people are doing.

2. Then imitate the sample conversation, work in pairs. Some pairs present their dialogues to the class.

3. A guessing game: Guess the activities according to the Ss’ actions. Step 7 Grammar focus

Go through the sentences with the Ss. Deal with some language points.

教学后记:

36

Step 8 Homework: 1.Copy the new words and recite.2.Make up their own dialogues.

人教新目标七年级英语教案

Period 2 (Section A:2c—4)

Teaching aims

Go on learning to talk about what people are doing. Language points

1.To learn the following sentences. ⑴—Is Nancy doing homework ?

—Yes, she is ./No, she isn’t .She is writing a letter. ⑵—Do you want to go to the movies? —Yes ,I do . ⑶—When do you want to go? —Let’s go at six o’clock. 2.To learn the following words and phrases: ⑴adjective: sure

⑵verb phrases: wait for , talk about , talk to sb. Teaching difficulties

present participle: run-running , write-writing Present progressive tense: Subject +be+doing +… Teaching steps 1.

Warming-up and revision

⑴Watch VCD which is connected with the present progressive tense. ⑵Revision

The teacher asks Ss to do some actions, ask and answer one by one (chain work) T: What are you doing? S1: I am reading an English book. What are you doing ? S2: I am writing .What are you doing ? S3: I am playing the guitar. What are you doing? Show some pictures, point to them and ask.(运用图画)

T: Look at picture 1! What is he /she doing ? S1: He/She is talking on the phone. T: Look at picture 2! What are they doing? S2: They are singing and dancing. T: Look at picture3. What is he doing? S3: He is swimming. 2. Presentation

The teacher asks one student to come to the blackboard and do an action.

37

人教新目标七年级英语教案

T: Are you playing soccer? S: No, I’m not. T: Are you playing basketball? S : Yes, I am. Ask more students like this. 3.

Practice

Have students make a similar dialogue like this S1: Are you reading a book? S2: No, I am not. S1: Are you reading a newspaper ? S2: Yes ,I am. 4. Guessing games

The teacher uses pictures to ask the students. Cover one part of the picture and then uncover it little by little.

T: What is he doing ? S1: Is he playing the computer?

T: No, he isn’t . S2: Is he playing the guitar? (show another picture) What are they doing? Teacher continues to ask students and shows them more pictures. 5. Pair work (work on 2c)

T: let’s look at the pictures and guess what the people are doing. Please practise in pairs.

A: Is Nancy writing a letter? B: No, she isn’t. She is writing a letter. Then check the answers. 6. Work on 3a

T: Look at the pictures and make conversations. Please write the correct number of the pictures next to the conversations below. Then check the answer. [Conversation A=3 Conversation B=2 ]

The teacher reads the conversation before the class, and the Ss repeat the sentences. Ss practice the conversation in pairs and act out the conversation. 7. Pair work(work on 4)

(1)Show a picture and teach the new phase“wait for a bus”.

(2)Look at the pictures and answer the questions below. Ask Ss ask and answer like this.

S1: Where is he? S2: He is in the store/ the supermarket. S1: What is he taking? S2: He is taking a bottle of juice. S1: What is he waiting for? S2: He is waiting for a bus.

(3)T: Please look at the pictures again and talk about the four pictures. 8. Grammar Focus

T: 这两天我们学习了现在进行时,当我们询问某人正在干某事时,我们应该说What are you doing? What is he/she doing?

回答时应说 I am watching TV. He is doing homework. 一般疑问句:Is he/she doing? Yes, he/she is./No, he/she isn’t/

38

人教新目标七年级英语教案

Are they doing? Yes, they are./ No, they aren’t. T: 请大家注意现在进行时态的构成. 主语+be+现在分词

T: 现在分词在动词下面加“ing”, 如play→playing, wait→waiting 9. Homework

Read and recite 3a.Write the story about the four pictures.

教学后记:

Period 3 (Section B:1a-2c)

Teaching aims 1. 2. 1.

询问别人正在哪里干某事. 继续学习某人正在干某事. Teaching points

To learn the following sentences.

—Where do people play basketball? —At school. —Where is he swimming? —He is swimming at the pool. 2. 1. 1)

To learn the following vocabularies: toy, shopping, mall, pool. Teaching steps

Warming-up. chant and revision

Chant

What are you doing? I’m reading books. What is he doing? He is watching TV. What is she doing? She is doing homework. What are they doing? They are eating dinner. 2)

Revision Ask a student to do an action and ask

T: Are you eating breakfast? S1: No, I’m not . T: Are you singing? S2: Yes, I am . T: Is he writing a letter? S3: No, he isn’t . T: What is she doing? S4: She is singing . T: Are you reading a newspaper? (To another student) S5: No, I’m not .

39

人教新目标七年级英语教案

T: What are you doing? S6: I am reading an English book . T: Is he reading a Chinese book? S7: No, he isn’t . T: Is she reading an English book? S8:Yes, she is . 2.

Presentation

Show some pictures and present the new vocabularies . T: What is he doing? S1: He is swimming . T: Where is he swimming? S2: He is swimming in the river .

T: No, he isn’t swimming in the river. He is swimming at the pool . T:Look! What are these? They are toys . What are the girl and her mother doing? shopping .

T: Where are they shopping? S1: They are shopping in the store . S2: They are shopping in the supermarket . T: Maybe, look, they are shopping at the mall . 3.

Practice

Show some pictures and phrases, let Ss practice in pairs like this . A: What is he doing? B: He is boating . A: Where is he boating? B: He is boating on the river . 4.

Complete the chart . (work on 1a) T: Look at the pictures and complete the chart . Then check the answer . 1). library reading books 2). school playing basketball 3). pool swimming 4). mall shopping 5.

Pairwork

Let Ss look at the chart , ask and answer in pairs . A: Where do people play basketball? B: At school .

They are 40

人教新目标七年级英语教案

7. Pairwork (work on 2c) .

T: Now look at the chart and use the information in the chart to make a conversation like this . A: Hello! Is Tina there?

B: No, she isn’t . She is at the mall .

A: Oh, is he shopping at the mall ? / What is she doing ? B: No, she isn’t ./ She is eating lunch with a friend . 8. Groupwork (Make a survey )

1). T: Let’s make a survey, please ask Ss in your classroom where their parents are and what their parents doing now . Please ask and answer in threes, then fill in the chart . People Jim’s father Jim’s mother Susan’ father Susan’ mother 9.Homework:

1). Listen to the tape and repeat the conversation on Section B.2b. try to imitate the pronunciation and intonation.

2). Collect some pictures and bring them to the classroom. 3). Write the report down in the exercise book . A: Where do people swim? B: At the pool . 6. 1)

Listening comprehension

2a. T: You will hear three short conversations. Please listen carefully and write down the

places you hear in the chart below .

Then check the answers: mall, school , library . 2)

2b. T: Now look at 2b on page 28. Please listen to the tape again and fill in the chart . Let’s

write down what they are doing.Ss listen to the tape twice and write down the answer on their charts.

教学后记:

41

Place Activities 2.) After the Ss finish the survey .Let them give a report .

人教新目标七年级英语教案

Period 4 (Section B:3a—4)

Teaching aims: 1. Ss can use the present progressive tense to describe the pictures. 2. Ss can ask and answer questions about the picture fluently. Language points

1.

To use the following sentences: Here is a photo / picture of my family. I’m with my sister Gina.

Thank you for your letter and the photos 2.

To learn the following phrases

Thank you for sth. / doing sth. be with Teaching difficulties

How to write the sentences about the present progressive tense correctly. Teaching steps

1.warming-up and revision

(1)The teacher asks Ss some questions.

T: Hello, how are you? S1: I’m great. Thank you. T: How is your father? S1: He is very well. T: Where is your father? S1: He is at the mall. T: What is he doing? S1: He is shopping.

T: Is your father shopping now? S2: No, he isn’t. He is watching TV. T: Where is he watching TV? S2: He is watching TV at home. (2) Show some pictures, let Ss ask and answer the questions in pairs. S1: Look! What is she doing? S2: She is reading a book.

S1: Where is she reading a book? S2: She is reading a book under a tree. 2. Work on 3a.

(1)Show the pictures of 3a and let Ss say it one by one. S1: He is playing basketball. S2: The girl is doing homework. S3: The boy is watching TV. S4: He is swimming. S5: They are eating and talking.

42

人教新目标七年级英语教案

(2) T: Here is a letter from Mike to his pen pal, Linda. Please read the letter and underline the activities and circle the places.

Check the answers: playing basketball School swimming pool eating dinner home doing homework watching TV (3) T: Now read the letter again and number the photos, using 1,2,3,4. Check the answers: 1, 4, 2, 3

(4) Let Ss work in pairs, ask and answer about the photos like this. A: What is Mike doing in Photo 1? B: He is playing basketball. A: Is he playing basketball at school? B: Yes, he is. 3.Writing

Show the pictures to the Ss and let Ss finish the sentences, then check the answers. They are dancing. He is running. Yao Ming is playing basketball. The teacher is writing. Xie Tingfeng is singing. 4.Group work

T: Now take out your photos or pictures, please work in fours and tell your partners about your pictures or photos. I’ll give you two minutes to practice it.

T: At this time I’ll ask several students to say something about your photos. 5. Practice

T: Take out the pictures or photos of your own and write one or two sentences about them.

Ss write the sentences in their exercise books, the teacher walks around the class and see if the Ss can write the sentences correctly. Give Ss some help if necessary.

The teacher collects some pictures and sentences, shows them to the Ss and checks the answers. 6. Fill in the blanks. ( finish 3b)

(1) T: Here is another photo, look at the photo and the letter next to it. Please take out your pens and fill in the blanks.

Check the answers: watching TV reading the newspaper talking eating (2)Show the picture of 3b, let Ss say the picture like this: 7. Homework.

Write a short composition about your own photos or pictures.

Period 5 (Self-check)

43

人教新目标七年级英语教案

Teaching aims: 1. 2. 1. 2.

Revise the contents of Unit 5.

Ss can use the present progressive tense correctly.

Language points

Revise the key words, phrases and sentences in this unit. To learn two new words: camera, bird Key points and teaching difficulties. Consolidate the present progressive tense. Teaching steps:

Step 1 Warming-up and revision

Let one student take out a photo or a picture of his / her own and show it to the whole class, then he / she will ask some questions about the photo or the picture. S1: Where is my father? S2: He is….. S1: What is he doing? S3: He is…

S1: Is my mother doing…? S4: No, she isn’t. She is …

Ask more Ss to come to the blackboard to do it. Step 2 Presentation

Use two pictures and present the new words: camera, bird T: What is this? S1: Sorry, I don’t know.

T: It’s a camera. We can use a camera to take a photo. T: Look! What is it? S2: It’s a bird. T: That’s right. What is the bird doing? S3: I think it is singing. S4: I think it is flying. Step 3 Complete the story

T: Look at the pictures on Page 30, Part 3. please complete the story and write the sentences in the blanks.

Check the answers:

44

人教新目标七年级英语教案

What is he doing? He is looking at the birds. What are they doing? They are talking. What is the boy doing? He is running. What is the boy carry? He is carrying a bag. What is in the bag? It’s a camera. What is the boy doing? He is taking a photo. Step 4 Enjoy “ Just for fun!” on Page30.

Divide the Ss into two parts and read the dialogue. Let Ss act out the dialogue. Step 5 Key words check (1).现在进行时态的基本结构

主语 + be动词 + 动词的现在分词 / | \\

(is am are)

(2)动词现在分词的构成: 动词原形 + ing : read-reading,play–playing, eat–eating, walk - walking,

以“e” 结尾,去“e”加 ing :write–writing,make–making,take-taking. 重读闭音节要双写结尾的辅音字母加ing :run – running, swim – swimming Step 6 Homework

Review the key words and phrases.

教学后记:

Unit 7 It’s raining!

单元分析

本单元的中心话题是谈论天气. 整个单元的内容围绕天气展开听、说、读、写的活动。通过本单元的学习使学生掌握描述天气的基本词汇及对天气的提问,学会准确地表达自己对某种天气的喜好并说明原因,学会做天气预报,学生叙述在不同的天气背景下做什么。通过以上活动,使学生能够在实践中体会到学习英语的乐趣,更积极地运用目标语言,培养学生在实际生

45

人教新目标七年级英语教案

活中综合运用所学语言能力。 教学目标

1、作学习重点词汇: raining, sunny, cloudy, snowing , windy, hot ,cool, warm, humid,和部分现在

分词。

2、 掌握描绘天气状态的形容词及现在分词,并学会其特殊疑问句、一般疑问句的用法及回答。 教学重点

A 学习并掌握记汇: raining, sunny, cloudy, snowing , windy, hot ,cool, warm, humid B 熟练掌握现在进行时的用法; 学会表达对不同天气的不同态度及原因。 教学难点

学会描述人们在不同的天气里所做的各种活动。 教具:教学挂图、录音机 课时安排

第一课时 Section A 1a- 2c 第二课时 Section A 3a-4 第三课时 Section B 1a-2c 第四课时 Section B 3a-4

Period 1(Section A 1a, 1b, 1c, Section B 1a, 1b)

Teaching aims

1、Words:rain,windy,cloudy,sunny,snow,weather,Moscow,Boston,how’s,bad,terrinle,pretty, cool, cold, humid, warm, hot

2、Sentence structures: How’s it going? How’s the weather? What’s the weather like? Important points

A new way of greetings and the description words about the weather. Difficult points

How’s the weather? It’s raining/windy/cloudy/sunny/snowing/. How’s it going? Great! /Not bad! /Terrible! /Pretty good! Teaching procedures Step1. Warming up

1. Ask the Ss randomly: What’s the date today? What day is it today? How are you?

2. Give a new expression which has the same meaning as How are you? : How’s it going? But the new one has more answers. Step2. Presentation

1. Show 4 faces on the screen and ask Ss to describe each face using whatever words they can. Help Ss identify each person is feeling.

46

人教新目标七年级英语教案

2. Then show 4 words. Say the words and ask Ss to repeat each one. Ask Ss to match each remembered phrase with a face. Encourage them to spell the phrases by How do you spell it? 3. Practice with the new structure by the whole class: Choose one to the front and the others guess the description words through his/her facial expressions. Step3. Practice and listening test

1. Let one student ask me: How’s it going? I may answer like this: Terrible! Because it’s snowing and it’s so cold. Show a picture of snowing day and children are making a snowman and pretend to be very cold. Make Ss guess the words: the weather and snowing. Ask them: How’s the weather? Get them to answer like: It’s snowing/snowy. Go on with other kinds of weather: sunny, rainy, cloudy, windy.

2. Play the tape and get Ss to write the city names in the boxes. Check the answers. Look at the 5 pictures in 1a. Encourage Ss to use the description words to describe the weather: ①Beijing—sunny and warm/hot ②Shanghai—cloudy and cool ③Boston—windy and cool ④Moscow—snowing and cold ⑤Toronto—raining and humid. Show an arrow to identify the degree of the 4 adjectives: cold, cool, warm and hot.

4. Practice with the structures: How’s the weather? and What’s the weather like? with the 5 pictures The exact weather on that day should not be missed. Note: Talking about the weather is quite common in western countries as a daily greeting. Step4. Weather report

Show a weather map of China. Get Ss to make a weather report as a CCTV anchor. They may begin with asking the weather in each city, then make up a report about it. Step5. Chant

Show an easy chant to reinforce the questions and words about the weather. Step6. Homework

1. Copy the new words 4 times each. 2. Summarize the usages of how in questions.

3. Watch a weather report on TV and take down some notes about the weather forecast for tomorrow, and then write a report about it.

教学后记:

47

人教新目标七年级英语教案

Period 2 (Section A 2a, 2b, 2c, 4 and Grammar Focus)

Teaching aims 1.

Knowledge

①Words: cook, study

②Sentence structures: What are you/ they doing? We/ They are… What is he/she doing? He/ She is … Yes/No questions and short answers.

2. Ability: Ask and answer the Present Progressive Tense, and describe the activities people are doing

3. Cultural awareness: The inner feelings of the Ss are motivated by understanding and comparing different people’s lives in different areas.

Important points: the correct use of the Present Progressive Tense

Difficult points: Describe the weather and activities with the Present Progressive Tense Teaching procedures

Step1. Warming up and revision

1. Daily greetings: How’re you today? How’s it going? How is the weather? Ask these questions randomly to the Ss to revise what they learned yesterday.

2. Point out the conversation in the large picture in 3b on P33 and ask two Ss to read it to the class. Practice it in pairs, then change some of the words and make their own conversations.

3. If Ss do quite well, show a piece of cartoon of the Snow-white and the seven dwarfs. Step2. Presentation and listening test

1. After showing the cartoon, ask Ss: What are they doing? (They are singing and dancing.) Show more pictures with questions: What’s he/she doing? and What’re they doing? to get Ss to practice the tense which is the core grammar of this period. Get Ss to guess out the word cook by the picture. Choosing the right words and pair work are added as the reinforcements.

2.Let’s see what Joe’s families are doing. Point to the 4 pictures (The girl in the second picture is talking on the phone with the first speaker.). Ask Ss tell each person is doing in each picture. More attentions should be paid to the correct use of the Present Progressive Tense. Use every hint to finish 2b.

3. Play the tape for Ss to have a check. One more time listening to finish 2a. Teach: What does your father do? He is a cook.. Compare cook with cooker. 4. With the whole picture, get some Ss to tell the story of it. Step3. Brainstorming

1. Play the tape for another time. Then do a memory test. Ask Ss: What’s Uncle

48

人教新目标七年级英语教案

Joe/Jeff/Mary/Aunt Sarah doing? What’re Scott and Lucy doing? Is Jeff watching TV? Etc. 2. Guessing game. Guess the activities people are doing. Step4. Game. Find the differences!

2 Ss in a group. Student A looks at the picture on P84 and Student B looks at the picture on P86. Each picture has the same people in it, but they are doing different things. Take turns talking about what the people doing in the picture. Attention: don’t look at the partner’s picture. And the weather in 2 pictures could be compared too. weather person Uncle Ed Aunt Betty Nancy Rick Step5. Grammar Focus

1. Ask 2 Ss to read the sentences loudly and make interpretations. 2. Some oral exercises about the core materials in Section A. Step6. Homework

1. Copy the new words 4 times and the Grammar Focus. 2. Write 2 paragraphs about the 2 pictures on P84 and P86.

sunny P81 sleeping playing soccer playing soccer swimming raining P82 cooking watching TV reading a book playing computer games Get Ss to describe the 2 pictures orally.

教学后记:

Period 3 (Section A 3a,3b Section B 2a, 2b, 2c)

Teaching aims 1.Knowledge

①Words :bad, terrible, pretty good, hot, cold, cool, warm, humid ②Additional words: spring, summer, autumn

③Sentence structures: How’s it going? What are you doing? How’s the weather?

49

人教新目标七年级英语教案

2. Ability: Describe the different kinds of weather and different activities in different areas Important points

Revise and use the words, expressions and sentence structures correctly. Difficult points

Describe the weather in 4 seasons and people’s activities Teaching procedures Step1. Revision

1. Show different weather signs to revise the description words in Section A. Draw an arrow to revise

the 4 words: cold, cool, warm and hot. But don’t forget humid.

2. Get Ss to look at Picture C .Tell them: It’s Chengdu. How is the weather in it? It’s sunny. Is it cool? No, it’s hot. It’s hot and humid. Step2 Make a survey

Make a survey by the whole class. Ask Ss: Who likes the cold weather? Have Ss raise their hands. Use the way and talk about the different weather, draw faces to teach the different expressions “ not bad, great, terrible, pretty good ” Check out the most popular and the least popular weather. Get Ss to talk about the local weather in 4 seasons. Step3 Work on 3a and 3b Step4. Presentation

1. After talking about the local weather in 4 seasons, let’s watch different weather in other countries. Tell Ss Maria is in Mexico. Play this phone conversation between Sam and Maria. Listen carefully to their questions and answers. Play the tape the first time, Ss only listen. Play the tape again and have Ss catch the answers Maria and Sam give to the question How’s it going? Listen again and write what they answer to What are you doing? and How’s the weather?

2. Further discussion. Show 4 pictures. With the 4 questions ①Where is it? ②How is the weather? ③What season is it? ④What are the people doing? Ss talk about the countries, the weather, the seasons and the activities. country Japan America(Hawaii) Canada American Step5. Interview

50

weather cool hot warm cold season spring summer autumn winter activities watch the flowers swim watch the leaves do sports 人教新目标七年级英语教案

1. After visiting the 4 places, ask some Ss: Where do you want to go? When do you want to go

there? How’s the weather? What do you want to do there? Let them describe the places they want to go most.

2. Ss make an interview in the class., and then give a report about.

3. Let’s find out. Find out what kinds of activities someone wants to do on certain days. !. Copy the new words 4 times.

2. Interview their family members about the place they want to go most and the situations there,

Step6. Homework

and then write a report about it.

教学后记:

Period 4 (Section B 3a, 3b, 3c, 4)

Teaching aims 1.

Knowledge

①Words: vocation, lying, beach, group, beach, volleyball, surprised, heat, relaxed, winter, scarf, everyone, man

②Additional words: sandstorm, typhoon, tsunami(海啸)

③Sentence structures: How’s the weather? What’s the weather like? What can we do with this? When is the best time to visit your town/city?

2. Ability: Learn about different activities in different weather

3. Cultural awareness: Learn to love our nature and protect the environment. Make a donation if possible

Important points: Use the words, expressions and sentence structures correctly. Difficult points: Describe the weather in 4 seasons and people’s activities Teaching procedures Step1. Revision

Show a weather map of China and get Ss to ask and answer in pairs about the different kinds of

51

人教新目标七年级英语教案

weather in some cities. Step2. Reading

1. Ask Ss: How do you know the weather beforehand? Get answers like: From the radio/121/the 2. 3a. Look at a paragraph, and ask Ss to find out what the show is (CCTV’s Around the World 3. Ask Ss to work alone. Underline the things that people are doing and circle the words that 4. 3b. Draw attention to the pictures of France and the descriptions below. Ask Ss to work TV/the mobile phone/the internet.

show) and where the reporter is (in Australia) .Ask them to tell what they know about Australia. describe the weather. They may follow the 2 examples have done for them. Check the answers. alone .Have Ss fill in the blanks. Check the answers. Step3 Chant

Learn a chant with the students to relax. Step4 Make an interview

Ss form groups of 4. One of them works for CCTV’s Around the World show. He/She interviews the other 3 Ss what the weather is like in their hometowns and what the people are doing. Then give a report about what he/she has got. Step5 Make a survey

Find out what activities people will do on certain days. And ask some to report their results in class. Step6 Homework 1. 2.

Summarize the key words and expressions in this unit. Write a composition .

教学后记:

Period 5 (Self-check)

Teaching aims 2.

Knowledge: Revise the words and the sentences in the unit. 2. Ability: Learn about different activities in different weather

3. Cultural awareness: Learn to love our nature and protect the environment. Make a donation if possible

Important points

52

人教新目标七年级英语教案

Use the words, expressions and sentence structures correctly. Difficult points

Use the expressions they learned to describe the weather in 4 seasons and people’s activities Teaching procedures Step1 Warming-up 1. 2.

Greetings. Have a chant.

Step2 Dictation

Revise the words and have a dictation for the words in the unit. Step3 Revision 1. 2.

Show a weather map of China and get Ss to ask and answer in pairs about the different kinds

of weather in some cities.

Show some pictures to revise “What are you /they doing? We /They are……

What is he/she doing? He/She is… How is it going?” etc. Step3. Pair work

In groups of 2, finish 3 in Self check by asking and answering Step4 Task 1. 2.

In groups of 4. Ask all the Ss further: When is the best time to your town/city? Ss may

answer like: The best time to visit my town/city is in … because it’s …

Ask some groups to report and share their results.

Step5 Extension

Show pictures of the nature disasters: sandstorm, typhoon and tsunami(海啸).Tell Ss: If we have such natural disasters, we could not enjoy the lives any longer. But what can we do with this? Collect any possible answers from Ss. Step6 Just for fun Read the story to relax. Step7 Reinforcement 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

北京天气如何?阳光灿烂又暖和! Sarah阿姨是个厨师。她正在烹饪食物。 他们正在干什么?他们正在学习。 情况怎么样?糟糕透了! 欢迎收看中央台环球节目。 许多人在那里度假。

53

人教新目标七年级英语教案

7. 8.

看那一群正在打沙滩排球的人。

对于他们能在这么高的气温下打球我感到很惊讶。 Step 8 Homework

Summarize the key words and expressions in this unit.

教学后记:

Unit 8 Is there a post office near here?

一、教学目标

(1)掌握本单元的重要词汇及句型。

(2)通过本单元的学习,掌握问路与指路的基本语句,并能运用于现实生活中。 二、重点词汇

(1)post office, hotel, video arcade, bank, park, supermarket, street, pay phone, avenue

new, clean, quiet, big, small, dirty, old, busyleft, right, next to, across from, near, between (2)表示方位的介词 三、重点句型:

Is there a bank near here ? Yes, there’s a bank on Center Street. Where’s the supermarket ? It’s next to the library.

Is there a pay phone in the neighborhood ? Yes, it’s on Bridge Street on the right. Where 引导的特殊疑问句 四、教学重、难点 1.重点:

1).表方位的介词:near、across from、next to、between、on 2).问路与指路的基本语句

2.难点:

本单元词汇量较大( 生词表中列出44个单词,9条短语;课文中还有一些短语)。 五、难点注释:

(1)Is there a big supermarket near where you live ?在你住处附近有一家大超市吗? (2)Turn left off the busy First Avenue and enjoy the city’s quiet streets and small parks. 向左转走出/驶离繁华的第一大道,即可享受到城区里安静的街道和小公园。

54

人教新目标七年级英语教案

(3) ┉ there is a small house with an interesting garden. 有一座带着有趣花园的小屋。 (4) Bridge Street is a good place to have fun. 大桥街是个能愉悦享乐的好地方。 六、教具:教学挂图、城市或乡镇街道的图片、录音机、磁带 七、课时安排:

第1课时:Section A: 1a ~ Grammar Focus 第2课时:Grammar Focus - 4 第3课时:Section B: 1a ~ 2c 3a ~ 4 第4课时: Self check

Period1 (Section A :1a ~ Grammar Focus)

Step 1 Warming-up and revision 1.Greetings.

2.Revise the new words and expressions.

3.Revise the conversations they learned the last day. 4.Some Ss report their collection in the homework. Step 2 Presentation

方法一:教师课前准备1a中出现的标有各建筑或设施的单个图片。将其逐个呈现,同时与学生进行对话:

(1)T: What can you see? Ss: I can see a library.

(2)T: What’s in the picture? Ss: There is a bank. T: Is there a bank? Ss: Yes. 教师一边出示图片,一边教读单词,并将图片贴在黑板上,让学生读出单词,猜想汉语意思。在学生能力较高的班上,教师可提前加入后面的avenue, garden等名词。生词呈现完后,再集中教读。此时教师应注意学生的发音,尤其是arcade的重音。必要时可抽部分学生朗读。 方法二:为呈现supermarket, bank, video arcade等词,可有如下对话: (1)T: Where can we buy food and drink? Ss: In a supermarket. (2)T: Where do people keep their money? Ss: In a bank. (3)T: Where can you play video games? Ss: In a video arcade. 其余类似。教师将通过对话引出的单词板书在黑板上并教读。 方法三: (1)引出单词 street:

T: Our school is on Zhong Shan Street. Ss: Yes.

(2)T: On the street we can see our school. We can see a shop, too. Ss: Yes. (3)T: What other things can we see on the street? Ss:I can see a...

(4)T: What can you see on other streets? S1: I can see a ... S2: I can see a ... (为了让学生能够表达其意,教师可将学生可能会涉及到的以及已经表达的单词写在黑板上。

55

人教新目标七年级英语教案

在学生学习能力较强的班上,教师可将学生使用到而教材中未出现的单词写在黑板上并教读。) Step 2.检验学生是否正确理解词意。

T: What’s in a supermarket? Ss: Food and drink. T: What’s in a library? Ss: Books.

T: What can you do in a video arcade? Ss: I can play games. 教师可板书以下句型:

(1) What’s in a library? (2)What can you do in a video arcade? 让学生自己选择用什么样的问句进行问答练习。

Step 3.听力训练:熟悉单词。教师放1b部分的录音两遍,要求学生圈出所听到的词。师生一道讨论所听到的内容。 Step 4.呈现主要对话。

(1)T: Look at the map. Can you find Center Street?(板书: Center ST) Ss: Yes. 教师用以上同样的句型引导学生对图中其他地点进行问答。

(2)T: There is a bank near here on Center Street. Is there a bank near here? Ss: Yes, there is. 教师板书句型:

---Is there a bank near here? ---Yes, there is a bank on Center Street. (3)若学生接受能力较强,教师可加入3a中出现的in the neighborhood. T: The bank is in near here. The bank is in the neighborhood. 教师重复并教读in the neighborhood.

T: Is there a park in the neighborhood? Ss: Yes, there is a park on ...Street. Step 5.操练对话。

教师让学生看1a中的画面,模仿图中对话谈论其他地点,进行pairwork。 Step 6.检查。

(1)教师抽数对学生在全班进行对话表演。

(2)教师仔细听,然后尽量给予鼓励、表扬。但若有关键词句的错误,则应指出并纠正。 Step 7、作业布置:

(1)生词记忆,准备听写。

(2)抄写Grammar Fucous的句子,并且翻译在家庭作业本上。

教学后记:

56

人教新目标七年级英语教案

Period 2 (Grammar Focus ~ 4)

Step 1 Warming-up and revision

1.Greetings. 2.Revise the new words and expressions. 3.Revise the conversations they learned the last day. 4.Some Ss report their collection in the homework. Step 2 Presentation呈现2a中的方位介词。

方法一:教师走到学生中,站在两名同学之间,告诉学生: T: I am between…and… (然后变换方位,告诉学生, ) T: I am next to…

方法二:教师可仿照2a在黑板上画出简图,配合手势告诉学生: T: The pay phone is across from the library. The pay phone is on Center Street. 单词出现的同时教师板书并教读: next to, between, across from… Step 3

(1)T: Who is between ... and ...? Ss: ... is between them.

(2)T: Who is next to you/...? ... is next to me/him. ... is next to me/her.

(3)学生看2a中的图画,根据各句子的意思将句子番号填在相应图中,然后师生一起 论答案。

Step 4以新知识练习1c的对话

(1)教师让一名学生同自己配合,示范对话:

T: Is there a pay phone near here? S: Yes, there is a pay phone across from the library. (2)教师指着2a中的图,让学生相互问答。 Step 5 用2c中的句型,练习对话

(1)教师让学生看1a,一边与学生对话,一边板书对话内容: A: Is there a pay phone in the neighborhood? B: Yes.

A: Where is it? B: It’s on the Fifth Avenue./It’s between ... and ... (2)教师让学生齐读对话。

(3)教师让学生仿照例子自由表达,练习对话。教师走到学生中聆听。 (4)检查。 (5)读2c中的内容。 Step 6 Listening Test(完成2b听力练习) (1)教师放录音两遍。 (2)核对答案。 Step 7 呈现3a中的新句子。

(1)教师仿照3a大图上部的小图在黑板上画一幅简笔画。同时一边陈述:

57

人教新目标七年级英语教案

Go straight and turn left/right.一边以箭头在图上示意,并将该表达写在图中相应位置。 (2)教师教读。

Step 8 Games(游戏,让学生在游戏中巩固和得到练习) (1)T: Put up your left hand, and show me your right hand.

(2)T: Who is on your left/right? : ... is on my left. : ... is on my right. (3)教师可叫某个学生离开座位,告诉他:Please go straight and turn left/right. Step 9 Homework

Review the key words and phrases.

教学后记:

Period 3 (Section B: 1a ~ 2c 3a ~ 4)

Step 1 Warming-up and revision 1.Greetings.

2.Revise the new words and expressions.

3.Revise the conversations they learned the last day. 4.Some Ss report their collection in the homework. Step 2 Presentation

(1)教师课前尽可能多地准备能表现small, big, new, old, dirty, clean等特点的盒子、衣物等。 呈现clean,教师可做出擦黑板、打扫讲台的动作,同时说:

T: Look! The blackboard is very clean now, and the teacher’s desk is clean, too. 或指着某 位衣着整洁的同学说:

T: Her clothes are very clean. 或出示自己的双手,说: T: Look! My hands are clean. 然后将粉笔末涂在手上,说: T: Are they clean now? No, they aren’t. They are dirty. 板书clean, dirty

(2)呈现其他形容词,教师可使用所带辅助教具,以类似方法进行。对于学习能力较强的学

生,教师还可加入narrow, wide等词。

(3)教师在引出新单词的同时将其板书在黑板上,再集中教读。建议教师板书时将单词按正

反意义分组排列,让学生直观地了解哪些词互为反义词。

58

人教新目标七年级英语教案

Step 3

(1)教师说出汉语短语,让学生翻译成英语,如: T: 一条忙碌拥挤的街道 Ss: a busy street T: 一个… Ss: a...

(2)教师让学生模仿上面的练习方式,用黑板上的以及自己知道的形容词表达短语, 相

互考查。教师走到学生中聆听。

(3)让学生看1a,将画面的字母代号填在相应的短语前。然后师生一起讨论答案。 (4)学生读3a短文,按要求圈出描述性的单词,然后师生讨论答案。

(5)教师让学生开展讨论,总结自己对所圈单词用法、功能的理解,并给予评价或加以补充。 Step 4

(1)为了让学生理解1b部分的where you live,教师可对学生说:

T: There is a big supermarket near my house. There is a big supermarket near where I live. 教师板书:my house/where I live

教师提问: Is there a new park near your house/where you live? What is near where you live?

(2)学生仿照上面的表达相互问答,然后在全班表演。 Step 5

教师放2a录音两遍,让学生将所听到的地点在1a中圈出来,然后师生讨论答案。 (1)教师可请两名学生同时到黑板前,按所听到的内容将简图画在黑板上,其他同学在书上空白处画。教师放录音两遍。 (2)讨论答案。

方法一:教师先让坐在下面的其他学生对黑板上的图进行评价或修改,再给予确认。 方法二:按2c中的对话方式,让学生两人一组对黑板上的和自己的图进行相互陈述和纠正,得出正确答案。 Step 6

学生填完后,老师请一名学生读出短文。 23.做第4部分练习。

24.3c部分是一项对学生要求较高的练习。教师可让学生仿照3a短文,综合运用所学的知识

进行表达。可让学生在课堂上先口头练习,两人一组向对方表达,再将所述内容写下来。也可作为家庭作业布置下去。 Step 7 Homework

Review the key words and phrases.

教学后记:

59

人教新目标七年级英语教案

Period 4 (Self Check)

Step 1 Warming-up and revision

1.Greetings. 2.Revise the new words and expressions. 3.Revise the conversations they learned the last day. 4.Some Ss report their collection in the homework. Step 2 1、2部分为词汇自测。

(1)教师要求学生除掌握第1部分所列单词外,还应尽量多地记住所用到的其他单词, 并

将它们写出来。

(2)教师可要求学生将1、2部分单词按名词、形容词、方位介词进行归类,并多角度地总结它们的特点。

(3 )学生完成第3部分练习进行自我检测 步骤:

步骤1:让学生读Self check 里的单词, 随后听写这些基本词汇以及由它们构成的词组、短语. 步骤2:检查学生的听写情况( 全班齐读听写内容、组与组之间相互检查、教师抽查个别同学 ). 步骤3:画一张街区简图,告诉学生从A点到B点、A点到C点、B点到C点的几种走法,要使

用以下词组: turn left / right、 go down --- street、

go through、 on one’left / right ;同时引出、使用并教学生词与短语: taxi、 take a

taxi、 arrive、 arrive in / at、 airport .

步骤4:展示Self check第3部分的挂图,进行教学。

步骤5:任务性活动:以写信、或发e--mail 的方式邀请朋友、笔友、网友来你家乡作客,告

之详细的走法,然后互相交流。

Step 3 文化知识背景: avenue 名 (复 ~ s )

1.(城市的)大街, 街道;---街 美国的大都市尤其是纽约,东西通行的为Street, 南北通行的为Avenue,缩写为ave.,Ave. Fifth Avenue(纽约市的)第五 2.林荫大道;英(尤指乡村的大住宅,自大门到宅邸之间的)林荫道

60

人教新目标七年级英语教案

3.(到达目的的)途径,手段,方法 an avenue to success 成功之路 video 名 (复 ~ s )

1.U(口语)录像机〔带〕 2.U 电视机的画面 3.电视 arcade 名 1.有拱廊的街道 (两边都有店铺)

2.〖建筑〗拱廊 (拱廊相连而成的通道;在建筑物侧面,面向中庭)。 3.(内设电子游戏机等的)电子游戏中心 district 名 (复 ~ s )

1.地区,管区 (以行政、司法、教育等为目的而划分的;略为dist.) 2.地带,地域,地方

down 在或向低处;沿着;顺着

从城市向乡村方向走、由北往南去,通常称为down ,反之则称为up Step 4 同步训练:

1.Where is the post o______ ? It’s ____ Center Street. 2. The _________ (超市) is ________ the park ______ the hotel.

3. Is there a _______ _______ (电子游乐中心) near here ? Yes, there is. 4. Is there a ______ (小图书馆) in the ____________ (附近) ? No, there ______. 5.The school is _____ _____(在┅对面)my house . 6. I sit _____ _____ (在┅旁边) Li Hua.

7. Guang Ming Street is not _______ (脏的),it’s _______(干净的). 8. _______ _______ (向右转), enjoy the city’s interesting ________ (花园) .

9.

The _______(安静的)room is over there, on ______ _______(你左边).

Step 5 Homework

Review the key words and phrases.

教学后记:

61

人教新目标七年级英语教案

Unit 9 What does he look like?

一、教学目标

1.识记描述人物外貌特征的词汇

Short, long, curly, straight, blonde, brown, hair, bald, tall, height, thin, heavy, a medium build,

glasses, beard mustache

2.学会使用询问、描述人物外貌特征的句型。

a. What do you look like? I’m short I have curly hair b. What do they look like? They’re medium height c. What does he/she look like?

He/She is tall/medium height/short//thin/heavy//bald. He/She has a medium build//a beard//a mustache

He/she has long/short//blonde/brown/black…/straight/curly hair He/She wears glasses//a white T-shirt

3.学会询问他人外表;学会谈论,描述身高,体重,发型,面部特征及着装等外貌特征。

并根据描述画出人像。 二. 教学重点

1) What引导的询问外貌的特殊疑问句。 2) be, have, wear的一般现在时用法。 3) 描述外貌的形容词。 三.教学难点

1) 注意比较动词“has”和“is”在对人物进行描述时的用法及汉语意思的差别。

2) 注意当句子主语是第三人称单数时,在句型What does he/she/your friend/A’my look like?

中助动词用does,后面用动词原形look。

四、课前准备

教师:录音机,教学挂图;物品实物、照片。学生:实物(学习用品)、照片。 五、教学时间及安排:

第1课时:Section A 1a—2b 第2课时:Section A 3---Section A 4 第3课时:Section B la—Section B 2C 第4课时:Section B 3a—Section B 3C 第5课时:Section B 4—Self check

Period 1 (Section A: 1a—2b)

Teaching aim

Learn the words about describing persons’ appearance. Learn how to describe people’s looks.

62

人教新目标七年级英语教案

Language points

A: What do you look like? B: I am…, and I have…. A: What does he/she look like? B: He/She is…, and He/She has…. Teaching difficulties

How to make students describe people’s looks correctly. Teaching procedures: Step 1 Leading-in

T: How many people are there in your family? S1: There are…They are my… T: Can you say something about them? S1:…

(Then the teacher asks another three students to answer the questions like this.)

T: I think you all have a happy family. Me, too. I also have a happy family. Do you want to know them? Ss: Yes.

T: Do you know what they look like? Ss: No.

T: Look, this is my family photo. Let’s meet them one by one. (Show a photo of my family.) Step 2 New words 1. Present new words.

T: Look, who’s this woman? Can you guess? (Show my picture to the students.) Ss: Is this your mother?

T: Yes, she has long hair. Read after me, long hair, H-A-I-R, hair. Ss: H-A-I-R, hair.

(Then look at the pictures of my father and my sisiter and teach the other new words in the same way such as “short hair, curly hair and straight hair.”)

T:I have long, straight hair. What about you? (The teacher points at a student.) S1: I have short, straight hair.

(The teacher asks some moer students to practice. Then show a photo to the students.) T: Look at this man. He is my father. He is very tall. Read after me, tall, T-A-L-L, tall. Ss: T-A-L-L, tall.

(Teach the other new words in the same way such as “short, medium height, thin, heavy, medium build”.)

2. Practice the new words.

T: Look at 1a. Match the new words with the pictures as quirkily as you can. (Then check the answer.) Step 3 listening.

T: I have a good friend. Her name is Amy. Look, this is Amy. Now she comes to the station to meet

63

人教新目标七年级英语教案

her friend. But there are so many people. She can’t find her friend. Can you help her? Ss: Yes.

T: Listen to the tape. Work on 1b. Help Amy find her friend, Ok? Ss: OK. (The teacher plays the recording. Then check the answers.) Step 4 New drills 1. Present the drills

T: I have long, sraight hair. I’m medium height and I’m medium build. What do you look like? S:I have …And I’m…. (Ask three more students to practice.) 2.Practice the drills

A: What do you look like? B: I am…, and I have…. A: What does he/she look like? B: He/She is…, and He/She has…. Step5 Homework

Copy each word in 1a one line.

教学后记:

Period 2 (Section A: 3---Section A 4)

Teaching aims

1.To enable students to describe people’s looks correctly. 2.To improve students listening skill. Language points

A: What do you look like? B: I am…, and I have…. A: What does he/she look like? B: He/She is…, and He/She has…. Teaching difficulties

How to improve students listening skill.

How to make students describe people’s looks correctly. Teaching procedures Step 1 Greetings Greet students as usual.

64

人教新目标七年级英语教案

Step 2 Review the drills

T: What do you look like? S1: I am…, and I have…. T: What does he/she look like?

S1: He/She is…, and He/She has…. (Ask more students to answer.) Step 3 Listening practice (2a,ab)

T: I have three good friends. They are David, Sally and Pete. Do you know what they look like? Ss: No.

T: Do you want to know them? Ss: Yes. T:Look at 2a. Listen and cirle “is” or”has”below.

(Play the tape and then check the answers. If necessary, sum up how to use“is” and ”has” ) T: Listen again. Fill in the chart in 2b.(Play the tape again and check the answers.) T: What does David look like? S1: He is tall and heavy. He has curly hair. Step 4 Practice

T: Work in pairs. Ask and answer according to 2b.

(The students practice the dialogue and then the teacher asks some pairs to practice.) Step 5 Pairwork

(Show a picture of Lily’s new friend.) T: Look at the picture. Do you know her? Ss:No. She’s Lily’s new friend. Lily will introduce her to you. Look at 3 and help Lily describe her new friend. (Ask students to fill in the blanks.) Ask several minutes and then act the dialogue out. Step6 Grammar Focus

Explain the important language points. Step7 Homework Recite the dialogue in P42. 教学后记:

Period 3 (Section B la—Section B 2C)

Teaching aims

65

人教新目标七年级英语教案

3. 4.

Learn to describe people’s looks in different ways.

Learn the useful words and expressions about describing persons’ appearance. Language points

A: What do you look like? B: I am…, and I have…. A: What does he/she look like? B: He/She is…, and He/She has…. Teaching difficulties

How to make students to describe people’s looks in different ways. Teaching procedures

Step1 Greetings Greet students as usual. Step2 Present the new words

T: I like making friends. I have many pen pals. Two of them are from America. Look at the two

pictures.

(Show two pictures to the students.)

T: Look at this boy. His name is Jack. He likes soccer very much. He is the capitain of the team. He

is very popular in his class. He has brown hair.

(Then explain”capitain, team and brown” to the students. Teach them how to read the new words.) T: Look at this girl. She is Tina. She is very funny. She likes telling jokes very much. She is a bit thin. She has beautiful blonde hair. She never stops talking.

(Explain “tell jokes, a bit, blonde and stop tallking” to the students and teach them how to read the new words.)

(Show four pictures of four students.)

T: They are in the same class. Read the descriptions of the four classmates. Match them with the

picures in 3a. Step3 Practice

Ask students to match the pictures and check the answers.

After explaining some useful words and expressions, ask students to read after the tape. Step 4Pairwork

There are some other classmates here. Can you describe them? Let’s work in pairs. Student A writes the names in the box next to the people in the picture. Student B asks questions to find the people. (The students work in pairs.) Step5 Game

66

人教新目标七年级英语教案

Descibe someone in the class. Ask your classmates to guess who you’re describing. T:This person is medium height. She has short hair… Ss:…

(First teacher gives an example, then ask a student to come to the blackboard and describe one person. Ask other students to guess who he/she’s describing. ) Step6 Task”Design your new teacher’s look” T: What do your teachers look like? S1: My math teacher is…and she has…

T: Work in group of four. Talk abour your teachers’ look. Then help them design the new look. Fill in the chart and report it to the class.

What does our…teacher look like? Subject Step7 Homework

Design your parents’ new look.

教学后记:

Old look New look (The students work in groups of four. Then fill in the chart.)

Period 4 (Section B 3a—Section B 3C)

Teaching aims:

1.To enable students to learn other descriptions of persons’ appearance. 2.To improve students listening skill. Language points

My favorite…is…. He is….and….He has…. Teaching difficulties

How to improve students listening skill.

How to make students report people’s looks correctly. Teaching procedures Step 1 Greetings

67

人教新目标七年级英语教案

Greet students as usual. Step 2 New words 1. Leading-in

T: I have many good friends. Today a new friend of mine comes to our classroom. Would you like to know him?

Ss: Yes. (A person with a beard and glasses comes into the classroom.) T: Who is he? Can you guess? Is he…? S1: No, he isn’t. S2: Is he…?

T: Let’s see who he is. Please take off your glasses. (The person takes off his glasses. He is…) Ss: Oh, it’s…

T: Yes, you’re right. Look, he is wearing a pair of glasses and he has a beard today. These are the two words we will learn today. 2. Learn the new words

(The teacher shows a false beard to the students.)

T: Look, this is a beard. Read after me, beard, B-E-A-R-D, beard. Ss:… T: Boys, do you like a beard? S1:…. (The teacher puts the beard on one boy’s face.) T: Now he has a beard. Is he cool? Ss:….

(Teach other new words in the way above. “glasses, black hair, blonde hair”) 3. Work on 1a Work on 1a and then the teacher checks the answers. Step 3 Practice the new words

(Show a picture of a famous musician with black hair and a beard.) T: Who’s he? Do you know? S1: He’s…

T: What does he look like? S1: He has black hair and he has a beard.

T: Do you know other musicians, actors or famous people? Look at 1b and fill in the blanks. Let’s see who knows the most.

(The students fill in the blanks. Then the teacher asks the students to tell the answers.) Step 4: Listening practice

T: Danny and Maria are also talking about two famous men, Johnny and Tina. What do they do? Look at 2a, listen and write their jobs in the chart. (Play the tape and check the answers.) T: Now listen again, what do they look? Fill in the chart. (Check the answers.) Step 5 Task Make a survey and give a report.

T: Danny and Maria talked about their favorite singer and actor. Who are your favorite musician,

68

人教新目标七年级英语教案

actor and athlete? What do they look like? Now work in pairs and fill in the chart. I will ask some students to report it to the class.

My partner’s favorite person Job musician actor athlete Name What does he/she look like? S1: My partner’s favorite musician is… He is… He has… He is very handsome. I like him very much. And his favorite actor is…. Step6 Homework 1.作业本(2)P20

2. Copy each word one line on P110 (From ”always” to “glasses”)

教学后记:

Period 5 (Section B 4—Self check)

Teaching aims

Learn how to make a new look.

Learn some useful words and expressions about describing persons’ appearance. Language points

…has a new look…...He/She has…. He/She doesn’t have…. Teaching difficulties How to make a new look. Teaching procedures Step 1 Greetings Greet students as usual. Step 2 Leading-in

(Show a picture of Liu Huan.)

T: Look at the picture. What’s his name? Ss: Liu Huan.

69

人教新目标七年级英语教案

T: What does he do? Ss: A famous popular singer. T: Yes, he is a pop singer. Read after me, pop singer, P-O-P S-I-N-G-E-R, pop singer. Ss: P-O-P S-I-N-G-E-R, pop singer.

T: What does he look like? S1: He has long black hair. S2: He has a big nose and a big mouth.

(Then the teacher shows another photo of Liu Huan.)

T: Now look at this photo. What does he look like? S1: He has short black hair. T: Who is he? S1: Is he…? Step 3 Reading(3a) T: Do you know his old look? Ss: Yes. T: Read the magazine article about Johnny Dean and fill in the blanks in the chart.

After checking the answers, teacher could explain some useful words and expressions for students. Step 4 Work on 3b

(Show a picture of a beautiful woman to the students.)

T: You know she is Gloria Green, a pop singer. Now she is not happy. Ss: Why?

T: Because she likes shopping. But when she goes shopping, many fans follow her. So she wants to design a new look. Look at the two pictures of Gloria Green. Then fill in the blanks in the article Step 5 Design your favorite famous star’s new look Name What does he/she look like? What’s his/ her new look? Work in group of four and then the teacher asks groups to have a report. Step 6 Homework

Design your family member’s new look. 教学后记:

Unit 10 I’d like some noodles

一、教学目标

1.学习would like的用法

70

人教新目标七年级英语教案

2.学会使用询问和表达面条的种类以及各种尺寸的大小。 二. 教学重点

1)would like的用法。 2)句型的操练。 3) 名词的可数与不可数。 三.教学难点

1) would like的用法。 2) 如何灵活的运用本单元的重点句型以及名词。 四、教学时间及安排:

第1课时:Section A 1a-2b 第2课时:Section A 3-Section A 4 第3课时:Section B la-Section B 2C 第4课时:Section B 3a--Self check

Period 1 (Section A 1a—2b)

Language goal

To order food. To ask for and give personal information. To write their own ad for foods. Teaching procedures Step 1 Presentation

1、Look at the picture . Please answer the questions below 1)Can you see three bowls? 2)What are in them?

3)Do you like noodles? 4)Can you find the differences among the three bowls of noodles? 5) What size bowl of noodles would you like -----small, medium, or large? 6)Look at the sign ____Special 1,Special2,Special3.And understand their meanings. 2、Look at the numbered list of ingredients .Read and repeat. 3、Ask students to match each word with the foods. 4、Check the answers. Step 2 Listening

1、Look at the three bowls of noodles. Ask: What ingredients are in these noodles? 2、Play the recording the first time .Students only listen. 3、Play the recording a second time. 4、Correct the answers. Step3 Practice

71

人教新目标七年级英语教案

1、Read the conversation in the picture in 1a.

2、Ask students to work in pairs. One person is the waiter, the other one is the customer. 3、Perform the conversation in front of the classroom. Step4 Listening

1、Look at the food in the picture in 2a and name each one. 2、Read the numbered list of words.

3、Say, you will hear a conversation. The people will talk about some of the foods, but they will not talk about others. Please check the names of the food you hear below. 4、Play the recording a second time. 5、Correct the answers. Step5 Listening

1、Read the conversation in 2b. Point to the blank lines .Say ,listen again and fill in the blanks now. 2、Check the answers. Step6 Practice

1、Read the conversation in 2c yourselves.

2、Work in pairs. Each student can be both the waiter and the customer. Say what you really like with your noodles. Step7 Homework

Copy the new words. Do Exercises 1 and 2.

Period 2 (Section A 3-Section A 4)

aims

To order food. To ask for and give personal information.To write their own ad for foods. Language goal I’d like some noodles.

What kind of noodles would you/he/she/they like? I’d/He’d/She’d/They’d like beef noodles.

What size bowl of noodles would you/he/she/they like? Teaching procedures

72

教学后记:

人教新目标七年级英语教案

Step One: Revision 1 Revise the food words.

2 Revise: What kind of noodles would you like? I’d like … What size bowl of noodles would you like? I’d like… Step Two: Practice

1 Look at the picture .What’re they doing in 3a?

2 Read all the questions yourselves and all the answers yourselves.

3 Now please match each question with an answer. The first one is done as a sample. 4 Check the answers. Step Three: Practice

1 Read the conversation again in 3a.

2 Now make your own conversation. Student A asks the questions from activity 3a. Student B gives true answers.

3 Perform their dialogue for the class. Step Four: Game

1 Look at the four different bowl of noodles on the table. Ask: What ingredients are in it ? 2 Divide the students into groups of four. Ask and answer. 3 Find out the most popular noodles in each group and report. Step5 Homework Review the phrases. 教学后记:

Period 3 (Section B: la-Section B: 2C)

Step 1 Revision 1. Revise the food words.

2. Revise: What kind of noodles would you like? I’d like… Step 2 Presentation

1. Look at the food on the table. Can you name them? 2. Read the numbered list of words in 1a and repeat.

3. Ask students to match each word with a picture. Write the letter of each food picture in the blank in front of the correct word. 4 Check the answers.

73

人教新目标七年级英语教案

Step 3 Circling

1 Read again the food on the table in 1a.

2 Please circle the things you like and put an X in front of the things you don’t like. 3 Read the dialogue on the right in 1b.

4 Work in pairs . Tell each other what you like and don’t like. Step 4 Listening

1 Read the eight words again in 1a.

2 Say, you will hear a conversation. A boy is ordering food from a restaurant. As you listen, please circle each of the words in 1a that you hear.

3 Play the recording the first time, students only listen. 4 Play the recording a second time. 5 Correct the answers. Step 5 Listening

1 Look at the order from on Page 82. What information does it ask for ? 2 Listen again . Please write down the information on the order form. 3 Correct the answers. Step 6 Practice

1 Look at the order form on Page 83.

2 Work in pairs. Student A, you work in the House of Dumplings. Ask student B questions and fill out the order form. Step 7 Completing

1 Read the list of words in 3a.

2 Read the newspaper ad, and fill in the blank lines. 3 Check the answers. Step 8 Practice

1 Read the ad. Say, write a word in each blank. 2 Check the answers. Step 9 Writing 1 Look back at the ad .

2 Now please write your own ad. You can use some of the sentences from activity 3a. But please use your own types of dumplings and choose different drinks. You can also change the prices. 3 Read your ad for the class. Step 10 Practice

1 Read your partner’s ad. Notice the kinds of food and prices. Then order food from your partner. 2 Work in pairs and take turns ordering food and drink from their partner’s ad.

74

人教新目标七年级英语教案

Step 11 Homework

Copy the words and phrases. Do exercises 3 in the Exercise Book. 教学反思;

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Period 4 (Section B: 3a--Self check)

Teaching aims:

Ss can use the present progressive tense to describe the pictures. Ss can ask and answer questions about the picture fluently. Language points

To use the following sentences: Here is a photo / picture of my family. I’m with my sister Gina. Thank you for your letter and the photos. To learn the following phrases.Thank you for sth. / doing sth. be with Teaching difficulties

How to write the sentences about the present progressive tense correctly. Teaching steps

1.warming-up and revision

(1)The teacher asks Ss some questions.

T: Hello, how are you? S1: I’m great. Thank you. T: How is your father? S1: He is very well. T: Where is your father? S1: He is at the mall. T: What is he doing? S1: He is shopping.

T: Is your father shopping now? S2: No, he isn’t. He is watching TV. T: Where is he watching TV? S2: He is watching TV at home. (2) Show some pictures, let Ss ask and answer the questions in pairs. S1: Look! What is she doing? S2: She is reading a book.

S1: Where is she reading a book? S2: She is reading a book under a tree. 2. Work on 3a.

Show the pictures of 3a and let Ss say it one by one.

75

人教新目标七年级英语教案

S1: He is playing basketball. S2: The girl is doing homework.

Let Ss work in pairs, ask and answer about the photos like this. A: What is Mike doing in Photo 1? B: He is playing basketball. A: Is he playing basketball at school? B: Yes, he is. 3.Writing

Show the pictures to the Ss and let Ss finish the sentences, then check the answers. 4.Group work

T: Now take out your photos or pictures, please work in fours and tell your partners about your pictures or photos. I’ll give you two minutes to practice it.

T: At this time I’ll ask several students to say something about your photos. 5. Practice

Ss write the sentences in their exercise books, the teacher walks around the class and see if the Ss can write the sentences correctly. Give Ss some help if necessary.

The teacher collects some pictures and sentences, shows them to the Ss and checks the answers. 6. Fill in the blanks.

Show the picture of 3b, let Ss say the picture like this: 7. Homework.

Review the words and phrases.

教学后记:

Unit 11 How was your school trip?

1. Target language

—How was your school trip? — It was great.

—Did you go to the zoo? —Yes , Yes, I did. /No, I didn't. —Were the strawberries? —Yes, they were.

words , phrases & sentences. regular verb, irregular verb

76

人教新目标七年级英语教案

2. Key sentences

—How was your school trip? — It was great.

—Did you go to the zoo? —Yes, Yes, I did. /No, I didn't. 3. Teaching important / difficult points How to listen to and talk about recent past events. 4. Structures

Simple past tense; How questions; Yes/No questions and short answers; Adjectives of description. 5. Difficulties Simple past tense.

6. Importance How to listen to and talk about recent past events 7.Teaching aids A tape recorder. Some picture. CAI. 8. Periods Four periods.

Period 1 (Section A: 1a-1c)

Step I Warming up and lead-in

Greet the students and talk about weekend activities with them.

T: Hello! Everyone. Today we’ll learn to talk about recent past events. Now first please tell me what you often do on weekends.

S1: I often play basketball on weekends. S2: I often watch TV.

T: (Point to the word “weekend”) What does this word mean? S: Saturday and Sunday are the weekend. S1: I played basketball last weekend. S2: I cleaned my room last weekend. Step II Talking about the picture (1a)

1. Ask the students to match the words with the pictures. Check the answers.

T: Look at the picture. What did each person in the picture do? S1: She played tennis. S2: She did homework.

2. Ask the students to talk about the picture in 1a

T: Now please look at the picture on page 53. Suppose you are Lucy in the picture. What did you do last weekend in Picture a? S1: I went to the movies.

77

人教新目标七年级英语教案

T: What did you do last weekend in Picture b? S2: I played soccer / football. T: Please ask and answer in pairs Step III Listening and speaking (1b, 1c)

1. Ask the students to listen to the conversation and fill in the blanks in the picture. Check the answers.

2. Ask the students to read the conversation in 1c and then make conversations in pairs. Sample conversations:

S1: What did you do last weekend, Lucy? S2: On Sunday morning, I played tennis.

Ask the students to make their own conversations. Show the following.

—What did you / he / she / they do last weekend / last Sunday morning / last Monday / yesterday? —I / We / He / she / They went to the beach / played computer games / did my homework / cleaned my room / went to the movies. Step Ⅳ Homework

1. Ask the students to do Exercises 1 & 2 in the workbook. 2. Ask the students to learn the new words and expression. 教学反思:

________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Period 2 (Section A: 2a-2d)

Step I Revision and lead-in Check the homework.

T: Today we’ll go on talking about the recent past events. We know when we talk about the things we did in the past, we must use the past forms of the verbs. For example: clean→cleaned; visit→visited; look→looked; study→studied; do→did; have→had; go→went. Now read after me these words. Then ask the students what they did last weekend. T: What did you do last weekend?

78

人教新目标七年级英语教案

S1: I played football last weekend. S2: I did my homework last weekend. S3: I cleaned my room last weekend.

T: Well! What did your brother do last weekend? S4: He watched TV last weekend. S5: He went to the movies last weekend. Step II Listening (2a, 2b)

1. Listen to the recording and underline the words.

T: OK. Do you know what Carol, Ben and Emma did last weekend? Now let’s listen to a conversation between a teacher and three students. They will talk abot some of the activities and people, but they will not talk about others. Please under-line the words you hear on the recording. Then check the answers.

2. Ask the students to listen and write. Check the answers.

3. Ask the students to listen to and repeat the conversation after the recording. Step III Pairwork (2c)

1. Ask the students to practice the conversation. Ask the students to read the words repeatedly. Ask the students to ask and answer in pairs. Sample conversations:

1) S1: What did you do last weekend? S2: I visited my grandmother. S1: What about your friend, Carol?

S2: She went to a bookshop. What did you do? S1: I stayed at home and did some reading. 2. Ask the students to make conversations. Step IV Grammar

Ask the students to read the sentences in the Grammar Focus and underline the verbs in them. Show the following.

What did you do last weekend?I played soccer. We went to the beach. She did her homework. He went to the movie. They played tennis.

T: The underlined parts in these sentences are called past form. And in English they formed the simple past tense. The simple past tense is one of the most common tenses in English. We use the

79

人教新目标七年级英语教案

simple past to refer to an action in the past that is finished. Step V Homework

1. Ask the students to learn more past forms of irregular verbs in the dictionary. 2. Ask the students to read a short story and pay attention to the verb forms in the story. 教学反思:

________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Period 3 ( Section A: 3a-3c)

Step I Revision

Ask the students to complete the part of the story from Cinderella.

Check the answers by asking some students to read the part of the story. The students may meet some new words during the reading, ask them to try to guess the meaning.

T: As we can see, nearly all the verbs are in past forms in the story. In fact, when we keep diary, we always use the simple past. Step II Lead-in

Talk about recent past events with the students.

T: Good! Now answer my question: What did you do last weekend? S1: I watched TV at home last weekend. S2: I stayed at home last weekend. S3: I played basketball last weekend.

T: Well done, everyone. You did many interesting things. But I stayed at home last weekend. I did much housework. I cleaned my room. I washed my clothes. It was not very good, because I was very tired. Now answer: How was your weekend? Help them answer. Ss: It was great / good / OK...

Write down and get the students to read the dialogue: —How was your weekend? —It was great. Step III Reading and speaking (3a)

1. Ask the students to describe what each person in each scene did. T: Look at the picture in 3a. Tell me what the person in each scene did. S1: In Picture 1: She went to the beach.

80

人教新目标七年级英语教案

S2: In Picture 2: He did his homework and watched TV.

S3: In Picture 3: She cleaned her room and studied for the math test. 2. Ask the students to read the expressions and the conversations.

T: Now please read the expressions above the picture and the conversations in the picture. The second part of each conversation is incomplete. They are listed above the picture. Read them and write the correct number on the blank lines in the speech bubbles to complete the conversations. Then check the answers by asking some students to read the completed conversations. Step IV Pairwork (3b)

1. Ask the students to read the conversation in 3b first. And then ask them to make conversations. T: Now practice asking and answering questions about what the people in the pictures did last weekend. Practice in pairs. Use the dialogue as an example. Give the students two minutes to read and make the conversations. A: How was Sarah’s weekend?

B: It wasn’t very good. She cleaned her room and studied for the math test. Sample conversations:

1) S1: How was Tony’s weekend?

S2: It was OK. He did his homework and watched TV. 2) S3: How was Sarah’s weekend?

S4: It wasn’t very good. She cleaned her room and studied for the math test. Step Ⅴ Homework

Ask the students to finish the exercises. 教学反思:

________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Period 4 ( Section B: 1a-2c)

Step I Revision and lead-in Check the homework.

T: Hi, class! Nice to see you again in a new day. Did you finish your homework yesterday? S: Yes, we did.

T: Good. Who’d like to show us your answers?

81

人教新目标七年级英语教案

Ask some students to read the answers and the story. Key to the homework in Period 3: I. 1. got, yesterday morning 2. didn’t do 3. What did, do 4. How was 5. was

II. went, sat, was, was, opened, was, said, said, said, put on, looked, went, was, was, asked, danced, said, was, forgot, rang, said, ran, lost, was, was, didn’t know, lived, went, said, went, opened, said, said, was, were

Then ask the students the following questions. T: What did your parents do yesterday?

S1: My mother did some reading and my father watched TV.

S2: My father played computer games and my mother helped me with my English. S3: My parents went to visit one of their old friends.

T: OK! Look at the pictures. Could you tell me what Lucy did yesterday?

S1: She watched TV yesterday. S2: She cooked at home yesterday.

S3: She cleaned the car with her friends yesterday. S4: She studied geography yesterday.

Help to answer and read the new word geography. Step II Reading and writing (1a, 1b)

1. Ask the students to match the words with the pictures in 1a.

T: Jim studied geography yesterday, too. He also did other things. Now open your books and turn to page 56. Look at the pictures in 1a. Read the words and then write the letter of each picture in the blank in front of the correct phrase. Check the answers.

T: Right. Now ask and answer in pairs, using the question: What did Jim / Sally do yesterday? Sample conversations:

1) S1: What did Jim do yesterday? S2: He did his homework. 2) S3: What did Sally do yesterday? S4: She played the guitar.

2. Ask the students to draw a happy face or an unhappy face under each picture. Help to answer.

S: No. I think doing homework is an unhappy thing.

82

人教新目标七年级英语教案

T: What about playing the guitar? S: It’s a happy thing.

T: In Picture b, the boy played the guitar. It was fun. The happy face shows it was fun. Now please draw a happy face or an unhappy face under each picture a, c and d. Check the answers. Step III Listening (2a)

1. Ask the students to listen to the conversation Sally and Jim and write the answers in the chart. Check the answers.

Play the recording and ask the following questions. T: First, what did Sally do last weekend?

S1: She stayed at home and did lots of things. She cleaned her room and did her homework. And on Sunday, she went to the library.

T: Good. What about Jim? What did Jim do last weekend?

S2: He played soccer on Saturday morning. On Sunday afternoon, he went to a movie. On Sunday night, he visited his friend’s house.

2. Ask the students to repeat after the recording line by line and try to write them down.

T: I will play the recording twice again. First repeat after the recording and then try to write the conversations down. Step IV Pairwork (2b, 2c)

1. Ask the students to read the dialogue first. And then make a conversation. 2. Ask the students to talk about what they did last weekend. 3. Then ask the students to write down what they did last weekend. T: OK. You did very well. Now please write down what you did last weekend. Give the students two or three minutes to write. Step V Homework

1. Ask the students to do Exercise 6 in the workbook.

2. Ask the students to write something about what they did last week. 教学反思:

________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

83

人教新目标七年级英语教案

Period 5 Section B: 3a-3c)

Step I Revision and lead-in

T: Today we will go on talking about the past events. We’ll learn an article about how kids spent the weekend. Now can you tell me what you did last weekend? Sample answers:

S: Last Saturday I went to my aunt’s house. There I played computer games with T: Well done. Now look at the pictures and say what they did yesterday morning?

S1: Lucy listened to the radio. Tom did some reading. Bill and Bob played soccer, and Jim went to school by bike.

T: Oh! Which school did Jim go to? S2: He went to No. 4 Middle School.

Write down the new words: No.=number, middle, middle school. Teach to read the new words. T: Which school are you in? S3: We’re in No. 3 Middle School. Step II Reading (3a)

1. Ask the students to read the article, and then answer the following questions. 1) How many students did their homework or studied? 2) Did two kids visit friends?

2. Read the article again and circle the activities you like. Underline the activities you don’t like. 3. Explain the key and difficult points in the passage. 1) spend 花费,度过

(1)spend money on sth 花钱买某物(在……上花钱)。

(2)spend time / money (in) doing sth. 花费多少时间或金钱做某事。 (3)“度过”。 2) on Saturday morning

Practice: Ask the students to read the following words and phrases and then make some sentences with them.

S1: I spent two hours doing my homework yesterday afternoon. S2: Last week, I played tennis ball with my friends. Step III Reading and writing (3b)

1. Ask the students to say something about the pictures in 3b. 2. Ask the students to look at the pictures and fill in the blanks. Step IV Writing (3c)

84

人教新目标七年级英语教案

T: Great! We read the article about No. 3 Middle School. Now please write what you did with your parents last weekend. Show the above pictures.

T: Now look at these pictures. Suppose you are the person in the picture. Last weekend you and your parents went to your grandmother’s birthday. Write a short passage telling what you and your parents did. You can use the following phrases: Step VI Homework

1. Ask the students to do Ex 7 in the workbook.

2. Ask the students to write a passage about what they did last weekend. 教学反思:

________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Period 6 (Self check)

Step I Revision

T: Hello, everyone! I’m happy to see you again. This class we’ll revise what we have learnt in this unit. First I’ll check your homework. Have you finished your homework? Now please read your writing.

Last week I was very busy. On Saturday morning, I got up early. I went to the farm to help my parents. In the afternoon, I did my homework at home. In the evening, I watched TV and read English. On Sunday morning I did some washing. In the afternoon, I played computer games with my brother. Then I took a bus to school.

T: Good! If you want to describe what you did last weekend, you must use the past form of verbs. Can you write some verbs and their past forms? Step II Vocabulary (1, 2) 1. Check the words

T: OK. You did well. In this lesson we are going to learn more past forms. Now open your books and turn to page 58, read and check the words you know in 1. 2. Vocab-Builder

T: Next, please add five more new words to your Vocab-Builder. Then share with your classmates.

85

人教新目标七年级英语教案

A sample list:

mended, had, helped, sent, gave, looked, took, geography, English, Chinese, art, music 3. Ask the students to make sentences with some of the words. Sample answers:

S1: I mended my bike last Sunday morning.S2: We had a football match last Saturday afternoon. S3: I helped Li Lei with his English. S4: Mr Yang sent me a present for my birthday. Step III Speaking and writing (3)

1. Ask the students to read the story and answer the following questions.

T: Right. We know Jim had a busy weekend. I think he was very happy that day. But does Old Henry enjoy his weekends? Why not? What happened to him? Do you think he needs friends? Now read the passage in 3. Then answer the questions:

1) What did Old Henry do last month? 2) Why is Old Henry sad now?

Sample answers: 1) He went for a walk with Wang Wang. 2) Because he has no dog and no family. Step V Homework :1. Ask the students to summarize what they have learned in this unit. 2. Ask the students to write a short passage according to the following.

Unit 12 What did you do last weekend?

1. Vocabulary

Words , phrases & sentences in Unit 12. 2. Target language

----What did you do last weekend? ----I played soccer. ----Who did you play with? ----I played with my friend. ----How was your weekend? ----It was great. ----Did you/he/she/they go to the Central Park? ----Yes, I/he/she/they did. 3. Functions

Simple past tence; What questions; Who questions. 4.Teaching important / difficult points

How to listen to and talk about recent past events. 5. Difficulties Simple past tense.

6. Importance How to listen to and talk about recent past events 7.Teaching aids A tape recorder. Some pictures.

86

人教新目标七年级英语教案

8. Period Four periods.

Period 1 (Section A : 1a -- Grammar Focus)

Step 1 Lead in: Listen to the tape of Section A 1a. Before listening, two questions are given: What did they talk about? What did they do on vacation?

Step 2 Task one: show one’s own vacation activities.

Ask some Ss to use the pictures they prepared before class and describe their vacation tour.

Teacher try to catch the verbs they use and write them down on the blackboard, point out the past form of these verbs.

Step 3 Pair work and presentation.

Brain storm: let students know by using the past form of the verbs.

Step 4 Task two: My classmates’ vacation. Listen to the tape of Section B2a,ab. Step 5 Class work: ask classmates about their vacation and fill a chart. Name Place Weather Activities Food Stores People Level Step 6 Task three: decide on next vacation destination.

Compare the information you got from the classmates, decide where you want to go and state why. Name Mary Place Hong Kong Step 7 Report I decided to go to …

Mary went there last summer vacation. The weather there was …the food … I think it was …

So I want to go there next vacation. Step 8 Homework:

Write down your final choice and state why.

教学后记:

87

Weather and humid Activities beaches, Food Stores People friendly, Level sunny, warm went to the delicious expensive Not very ☆☆☆

人教新目标七年级英语教案

Period 2 (Section A: 3a -- 3c)

Step 1 Free talk

Ask the question:Where did you go last Sunday? Students talk about events in the past. Step 2 Presentation

Point out the pictures in the photo album. Ask students to describe what they see.(In Picture 1 there is a man with a bowl of soup.There is also a waiter. He looks angry.)Describe what theysee in picture 1 and picture 2 Fill in the blanks in

the conversation. Does it mean you are excited or quiet? How do you look when you relax? Students don’t know the meaning of relaxing, demonstrate by leaning back in your seat and half一closing your eyes.

Say a dialogue with a student. Step 3 Practice

Read the first two lines of the dialogue to the class.Point out the answer was in the first line. Then point out the blanks in the rest of the lines of the dialogue.Read the conversation to the class saying the word blank for each blank line: How blank the beaches?

Then say,Write the word was or were in each blank. Ask students to complete the activity on their own.Have two students perform the example conversation,or perform it yourself with one student(you ask the questions).

Point out that the conversations starts off with the sentences in the speech bubbles. For example, A:where did you go? B: I went to…

A: What was the weather like? B: It was hot and humid.

How was the food? Do a send example,if you wish.

Move around the room monitoring their work.Offer language or pronunciation support as needed. Work with the teacher. Work with a partner and act out.Read and learn.Make their own conversation Step 4 Practice

Say:First fill in the chart with the information about your last vacation,Say where you went,what the weather was like, what you ate,and what else you did.As students fill in the chart move around the classroom, monitoring progress and offering help as necessary。

Something in the pictures.Act it out Fill in the chart with their own information Then ask and

88

人教新目标七年级英语教案

answer.

(In picture 2 there is a beautiful beach.There is a man.He looks unhappy.)

Then read the words under the picture.Pronounce any new words and explain what they mean,if necessary Say:In this picture a girl is on a bus.The girl is taking a bus trip.Ask,What does relaxing mean?

Practice in pairs.The student replies,it was awful.work in pairsLook at picture6,Practice the conversation below.Ask and answer questions.

教学后记:

Period 3 (Section B: la -- 2c)

Step 1 Organization

Ask:What do you think of this book? Is it interesting?(通过对话弓l出本课要学习的新形容词expensive 等) Step 2Presentation

Point to the picture, This is a ring. The price is one hundred milliondollars.Answer the questions together Say:It’s expensive. Step 3 writing

This activity introduces more key vocabularies.

Point out the six words delicious,awful,expensive,inexpensive, crowded 1.Say each word and ask students to repeat them, 2.Call attention to the fourth picture saying: This is a cake.

It’s delicious!Then do the same thing for all six pictures.crowded delicious 3.Then point out the blank line in front of each numbered word.

4.Point out the sample answer. As students work,move around the room answering questions as needed.Answers.

89

人教新目标七年级英语教案

Repeat loudly Practice in pairs then act it out. Match each word with a picture by writing the letter of each picture in the blank in front of the correct word.Discuss in groups (act the faces out) Step 4 Listening

1.Point out the two questions. After you hear the conversation, please answer these questions. Read the questions to the class.

2. Play the recording the first time. Students only listen.

This time say, listen to the recording and write the answer to each question. listen to the recording the second time. correct the answers. Cite some examples to learn these adjectives. 1.She went to Tokyo. 2. Yes, she did. Tapescript

Girl: Hi, Vera , How was your vacation? Vera: It was great! Girl: Where did you go?

Vera: I went to Tokyo with my family. Girl]: Really? Wow!What did you do there? Vera:Well, we went to a lot of museums. Girl: Oh, how were they?

Vera: They were really interesting. But they were also very crowded. Did you meet any Japanese people?

Step 5 Pair work

This activity provides guided oral practice using the target language. Call attention to the question words.

Have a student read them to the class .Ask Where did you go on vacation? Say,please work in pairs.As students talk,move around the room offering pronunciation and language support as needed.Read aloud. then discuss the keys.Listen and fill in the chart.Then discuss the keys. 教学反思:

Period 4 (Section B: 3a -- self check)

Step 1 Organization

90

人教新目标七年级英语教案

Organize Ss by greeting each other. Step 2 Free talk

Ask the questions:What day is it today? What day was it yesterday? Answer: It is Friday.It was Thursday. Step 3 Group work

This activity gives students listening and speaking practice using the target language.

1 Say, Now you can talk about a real vacation or an imaginary one. The other students can ask you questions. You can use the diary you wrote for activity 3b if you want.

2. Ask students to get into groups of four. One student in each group begins by telling where he or she went. The other students ask questions. Then they switch roles, so each student has a chance to tell the others about his or her vacation.

3. Move around the room, offering vocabulary and pronunciation support as needed.

The students talk about vacation.Be divided into groups of four and ask questions each other. Step 4 Reading

Present the photos of Emily and Dave on Page 74(They are laughing) and ask:

Revise Part 1 in Section B. Then show the photo of Zhao Pei in3a. Ask: Is she happy? Let Ss read the letter and find out the answers. After that, ask Ss make a list about her rules . Step 5 Survey

Tell students we’ll do a survey. Please turn to page 92.First look at the chart. You want to know how far people live from school, how they get to school, and how long it takes them to get to school. Let me tell you how to do the survey. Go around the class and ask questions like this:

How far do you live from school? How do you get to school?How long does it take to get to school? And find out these answers and write them names in the chart. The students with the most names in his or her chart wins the game. Step 6 Pair work

Ask the students to read the conversation in 3b first. And then ask them to make conversations. Now practice asking and answering questions about what the people in the pictures did last weekend. Practice in pairs. Use the dialogue as an example. Give the students two minutes to read and make the conversations. Step 7 Homework

1.Master the new words. 2.Write a diary.

教学反思:

_________________________________________________________________________________

91

人教新目标七年级英语教案

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

教学设计、教案和课件的区别

一、教学设计是根据教学对象和教学目标,确定合适的教学起点与终点,将教学诸要素有序、优化地安排,形成教学方案的过程。它是一门运用系统方法科学解决教学问题的学问,它以教学效果最优化为目的,以解决教学问题为宗旨。具体而言,教学设计具有以下特征。

1、 教学设计是把教学原理转化为教学材料和教学活动的计划。教学设计要遵循教学过程的基本规律,选择教学目标,以解决教什么的问题。

2、 教学设计是实现教学目标的计划性和决策性活动。教学设计以计划和布局安排的形式,对怎样才能达到教学目标进行创造性的决策,以解决怎样教的问题 3、 教学设计是以系统方法为指导。教学设计把教学各要素看成一个系统,分析教学问题和需求,确立解决的程序纲要,使教学效果最优化。

4、 教学设计是提高学习者获得知识、技能的效率和兴趣的技术过程。教学设计是教育技术的组成部分,它的功能在于运用系统方法设计教学过程,使之成为一种具有操作性的程序。

二、教案是教师的教学设计和设想 ,是一种创造性劳动。写一份优秀教案是设计者教育思想、智慧、动机、经验、个性和教学艺术性的综合体现。我认为教师在写教案时,应遵循以下原则: 1、科学性

所谓符合科学性,就是教师要认真贯彻课标精神,按教材内在规律,结合学 生实际来确定教学目标、重点、难点。设计教学过程,避免出现知识性错误。那种远离课标,脱离教材完整性、系统性,随心所欲另搞一套的写教案的做法是绝对

92

人教新目标七年级英语教案

不允许的。一个好教案首先要依标合本,具有科学性。 2、创新性

教材是死的,不能随意更改。但教法是活的,课怎么上全凭教师的智慧和才干.尽管备课时要去学习大量的参考材料,充分利用教学资源,听取名家的指点,吸取同行经验,但课总还要自己亲自去上,这就决定了教案要自己来写。教师备课也应该经历一个相似的过程。从课本内容变成胸中有案,再落到纸上,形成书面教案,继而到课堂实际讲授,关键在于教师要能 ”学百家,树一宗”。在自己钻研教材的基础上,广泛地涉猎多种教学参考资料,向有经验的老师请教.而不要照搬照抄,要汲取精华,取去糟粕,对别人的经验要经过一番思考——消化,吸收,独立思考,然后结合个人教学体会,巧妙构思,精心安排,从而写出自己的教案。 3、差异性

由于每位教师的知识,经验,特长,个性是千差万别的。而教学工作又是一项创造性的工作。因此写教案也就不能千篇一律,要发挥每一个老师的聪明才智和创造力,所以老师的教案要结合本地区的特点,因材施教。 4、艺术性

所谓教案的艺术性就是构思巧妙,能让学生在课堂上不仅能学到知识,而且得到艺术的欣赏和快乐的体验。教案要成为一篇独具特色”课堂教学散文”或者是课本剧。所以,开头,经过,结尾,要层层递进,扣人心弦,达到立体教学效果。教师的说,谈,问,讲等课堂语言要字斟句酌,该说的一个字不少说,不该说的一个字也不能说,要做到恰当的安排。 5、可操作性

教师在写教案时,一定从实际出发,要充分考虑从实际需要出发,要考虑教案的

93

人教新目标七年级英语教案

可行性和可操作性.该简就简,该繁就繁,要简繁得当。 6、考虑变化性

由于我们教学面对的是一个个活生生的有思维能力的学生,又由于每个人的思维能力不同,对问题的理解程度不同,常常会提出不同的问题和看法,教师又不可能事先都估计到。在这种情况下,教学进程常常有可能离开教案所预想的情况,因此教师不能死扣教案,把学生的思维的积极性压下去。要根据学生的实际改变原先的教学计划和方法,满腔热忱地启发学生的思维,针对疑点积极引导。为达到此目的,教师在备课时,应充分估计学生在学习时可能提出的问题,确定好重点,难点,疑点,和关键。学生能在什么地方出现问题,大都会出现什么问题,怎样引导,要考虑几种教学方案。出现打乱教案现象,也不要紧张。要因势利导,耐心细致地培养学生的进取精神。因为事实上,一个单元或一节课的教学目标是在教学的一定过程中逐步完成的,一旦出现偏离教学目标或教学计划的现象也不要紧张,这可以在整个教学进度中去调整。

三、课件(courseware)是根据教学大纲的要求,经过教学目标确定,教学内容和任务分析,教学活动结构及界面设计等环节,而加以制作的课程软件。它与课程内容有着直接联系。 1、课件的长度

多媒体课件的内容可多可少、一个大的多媒体课件可以包括一门完整的课程内容,可运行几十课时;小的只运行10-30分钟,也可能更少时间。 2、多媒体课件

所谓多媒体课件是根据教学大纲的要求和教学的需要,经过严格的教学设计,并以多种媒体的表现方式和超文本结构制作而成的课程软件。

94

人教新目标七年级英语教案

3、常用制作方式

现在应用最广泛的多媒体课件形式是 PPT(用office PowerPoint 制作的幻灯片),由于它编辑、播放,各种操作简单易学,而且能够很方便地找到资源,并且根据自己的需要进行改善和加工,对技术的要求相对不高,并且多加钻研也可以有反复多彩的效果,能满足许多需要,因此广受欢迎。其他应用较广的还有 Flash 和 Authorware 以及几何画板(数学老师常用)等等 4、课件制作的几个原则

①教学性 课件的应用必须是能优化课堂教学结构,提高课堂教学效率的。 ②可操作性 课件的操作要尽量简便﹑灵活﹑可靠,便于教师和学生控制,尽量避免复杂的键盘操作,交互操作层次不应太多。

③科学性 课件制作要符合科学性,不要出现知识性的错误。否则用课件还不如做实验,但课件永远不可以取代实验。

④简约性 课件的展示的画面应符合学生的视觉心理。要突出重点,同一画面对象不宜太多,避免对学生注意力产生干扰。注意动与静的对比,前景与背景对比,线条的粗细,字符的大小,以保证学生都能充分感知对象。避免多余动作、减少每屏文字显示数量,尽量用配音替代叙述文字,过多的文字阅读容易使人疲劳。 ⑤艺术性 一个课件的展示不但要追求良好的教学效果,而且应赏心悦目,使人获得美的享受,激发学生的兴趣。

⑥信息量 多媒体课的信息量自然比一般教学形式的信息量要大,但不能太大,要适当地留有时间、空间给学生思考、消化。避免因信息量太大产生“电灌效应”。 ⑦适度使用 “寸有所长,尺有所短”。要注意不同教学媒体的有机结合,优势互补,才能收到事半功倍的教学效果。例如:数学的方程求解、物理的公式推导等,

95

人教新目标七年级英语教案

用多媒体课件教学就不一定比教师与学生一起边推导边板书效果好;化学实验教学用多媒体课件有时就不如实际演示实验更直观更有说服力;理论问题、微观世界的活动、宏观世界的变化等,采用多媒体课件则有其明显的优势。 写教案要几个步骤

一.课题(说明本课名称)

二.教学目的(或称教学要求,或称 教学目标 ,说明本课所要完成的教学任务)

三.课型(说明属新授课,还是复习课) 四.课时(说明属第几课时)

五. 教学重点 (说明本课所必须解决的关键性问题)

六.教学难点(说明本课的学习时易产生困难和障碍的知识点) 七.教学过程(或称课堂结构,说明教学进行的内容、方法步骤) 八.作业处理(说明如何布置书面或口头作业) 九. 板书设计 (说明上课时准备写在黑板上的内容) 十.教具(或称教具准备,说明辅助 教学手段 使用的工具) 在教案书写过程中,教学过程是关键,它包括以下几个步骤: (一)导入新课

1.设计新颖活泼,精当概括。 2.怎样进行,复习那些内容? 3.提问那些学生,需用多少时间等。 (二)讲授新课

1.针对不同教学内容,选择不同的 教学方法 .。

96

人教新目标七年级英语教案

2.怎样提出问题,如何逐步启发、诱导?

3.教师怎么教学生怎么学?详细步骤安排,需用时间。 (三)巩固练习

1.练习设计精巧,有层次、有坡度、有密度。 2.怎样进行,谁上黑板板演? 3.需要多少时间? (四)归纳小结

1.怎样进行,是教师还是学生归纳? 2.需用多少时间? (五)作业安排

1.布置那些内容,要考虑知识拓展性、能力性。 2.需不需要提示或解释? 如何撰写一份出色的教案

教案是备课内容简要而有序的记录,是支持教师上课的范本,简单说,教案是教师备课的备忘录。新的课程改革环境中,如何撰写教案,才能带动教师的积极性,发挥教案在常规教学中的应有的作用

首先,要打破传统教案的固定、僵化模式,允许教案因人、因课程、因教学内容而异,倡导书写个性化、创新性教案。同时要改变教案检查的传统理念和标准,重新界定教案的功能和地位。书写教案的终极目的不是为了迎合检查而是为了促进教师实现个性化的教学;不是苛求环节的完备与否而是充分张扬教师的个性;不是约束教学活动的范式而是促进教学生成的载体。唯其如此,才能调动教师写教案的积极性,提高教学效率。

97

人教新目标七年级英语教案

其次,倡导教案“留白”。所谓的教案“留白”,就是指教案的开放性和灵活性。具体来说就是教案的书写在内容上不要过于详尽,形式上不要过于琐碎,结构上不要过于封闭和程式化,而是要体现出内容上的概要性、形式上的模糊性和结构上的不确定性,以便能够适应新情境、容纳新内容、确立新策略,为教学中师生间的互动共振、互生新知、互建新情留有余地。这样的教案能够在备课和课堂教学之间形成一种特殊的“张力”,有利于教师在教学中保持一种宽阔的思路和开放的观念,更容易纳入新的内容,适应新的情境,随时改变原有的设计,实现课堂教学的生态化。

教案在教学过程中的作用主要有四点:

一是每次教学的基本计划,明确本次教学的目标及教育资源的使用计划; 二是教学活动的依据,教学活动必须按教学准备有序有效实施;

三是教学研究的成果,教案是对教材、学生、教学方法相结合的研究成果; 四是教学实施的工具,教学过程中教案是参照系,可以提示教学内容、重点、难点、目标、思路,帮助教师有效完成每一次教学。 教师写好教案应做到以下方面:

一、项目填写要齐全、教学环节要完备。教案项目包括题目、教具、教法、教学重点、教学难点、教学目标、任课班级、授课时间等,一般都有固定表格,填写要规范,如有变动必须马上注明。教学重点、教学难点、教学目标是在对学生教材与培养目标科学分析的基础上形成的,概括必须准确、科学,教学环节是教学全过程的总和,一般包括导入语(由旧课导入新课)、教学主要内容、板书设计、重点提问(互动环节)、课后思考(或作业),教学环节完备、教学过程才能完整。 二、重点、难点要突出。重点、难点和教学目标不能仅停留在表格中,必须在教

98

人教新目标七年级英语教案

学实施过程中予以体现,教学内容的组织必须紧紧围绕这一课的重点、难点和目标展开,对重点给与重视,对难点分析明白,这一切都在于服务实现这一课的具体教学目标,而这一具体目标是一门课程总目标的一个子目标,因而要做到每一课教案和全部课程目标体系上的有机统一。

三、教学材料处理要灵活。教案不能写成教材的缩写,不能写成教材的提纲,也不能完全脱离教材自搞一套。因为教材是死的,教学是鲜活的;教材只是提供了教学参考材料,不能代替全部教学,更不能代替教师备课和教学中的创造性劳动。所以教案中对教学材料的处理要紧紧围绕教学目标形成有机整体,一要完整,二要逻辑严密,三要通过创新形成特色。

四、案例教学材料要绝对“新鲜”。经济全球化和信息化发展使世界变小了,市场变大了,技术更新快了。教材即使最新出版,由于其组稿、编辑、出版、发行等环节,有些内容很快落后于经济社会发展与技术应用的实践。高职教育是培养实用技能人才的教育,教育内容很大程度上决定着人才培养质量,如何解决这一问题呢?靠教师的创造性劳动,即在备课过程中树立最新的实践性教育理念,用最新鲜的材料去充实教学内容,用最新、最能说明问题的案例去阐发理论,才能提高教育教学水平。所以高职教育教学管理中,科学规定教师一课时的备课工作量是2—3小时,一个高校教师每周课时量规定在十课时左右。这是提高教学质量和实现技能人才培养目标的前提条件和具体保证。

五、板书设计要力求创新。教师的教学活动是极富个性特点的创造性劳动,其个性特征最突出地体现在每次课的板书设计中。所以教师备课时要在充分研读教材的基础上,为每一节课设计出具有如下特点的板书方案:一是严密的逻辑性,板书顺序是逻辑推理的高度概括再现;二是概括性,高度凝练概括本课的教学主要

99

人教新目标七年级英语教案

内容;三是符合审美要求,板书设计要符合审美规律,给人以明确清晰、美观大方的良好审美感受;四是结构的完整性,即对一个知识点的全面完整表述;五是创新性,每个人即使在讲同一内容时由于文化背景、思维方式、表达方式、习惯等因素的差异作用,板书都体现出自己的特点,即个性化。因此板书设计可以借鉴、参考,但决不能照搬照抄。

六、要不断充实完善。教案撰写不是一次性劳动,初稿完成后,需要不断充实完善。一是因为初稿往往有顾此失彼之处;二是教材研究与教学实施常有灵感产生,出现新的闪光点及时补充进去;三是需要用新材料与新信息对教案进行补充;四是备课不是一次性劳动,一节课的备课也不是一次有效,过期作废,需要从局部与整体的联系角度补充不足;五是集中备课或教研组活动中从课程之间的衔接上或交叉中获得提示、补充。充实完善不是推翻重来,可以利用备注栏,也可以形成一页纸粘在一角,对照研读。

七、教案以手写为主,条理清晰,字迹工整。教案撰写是创造性劳动,是对教师研究能力、写作能力、概括分析能力的有效训练,也是对教师书写水平、概括能力、材料组织等综合素质的反映,所以教案是教师创造性劳动的结晶,也是检验教师质量的一个重要依据。手写教案对教师要求更高,更能真实检查教师备课质量、更具有可比性,因此客观上要求教师要写一手好字。出色的手写教案也能为学生提供一个学习的鲜活样本。

八、关于电子课件。电子课件是计算机辅助教学手段的应用,是信息化时代教育教学手段不断改进的成果,对传统教学手段是一种改进和有益补充,但高职教育实践证明,电子课件是使用计算机辅助教学时的一个工具条件,它直观、容量大,许多用讲授法难于实现的教学目标可以通过计算机辅助手段的展示、演示、模拟

100

人教新目标七年级英语教案

得以实现,还可以节约教学过程中教师的一些板书时间,可以大大提高教学效率。但是教育教学是一种特殊的实践活动,一种创造性的劳动,电子课件的过度使用易于禁锢教师思维,限制了教师临场发挥和创造能力的提高。 一、符合科学性

所谓符合科学性,是指教师要认真贯彻大纲精神,按教材的内在规律,结合学生实际来确定教学目标、重点、难点、设计教学过程,避免出现知识性错误,那种远离大纲、脱离教材完整性系统性随心所欲另搞一套的编写教案的做法是绝对不允许的。一个好教案首先要依纲扣本、有科学性。 二、加强创新性

教材是死的,不能随意更改,课怎么上全凭教师的智慧和才干,教师要在钻研教材的基础上,广泛涉猎多种教学参考资料,向有经验的老教师请教,同时不能照搬照抄别人的经验,要对别人的经验在思考的基础上消化、吸收,结合个人的体会,巧妙构思,精心安排,写出水平和个性。 三、注意差异性

由于每一位教师的知识、经验、特长、个性是千差万别的,而教学工作又是一项创造性工作,因此编写教案也就不可能有千人一面的固定模式,为了发挥每一个教师的聪明才智和创造力,学校领导和教育行政部门不应过分强调要求整齐划一,在保证教案的基本常规不漏向外,具体的写法不宜多干预,要因人而异,形式多样,如果领导对老师的教案要求整齐划一,统一模式,这表面上看来很规范,但在实际上束缚了老师的手脚,扼杀了创造力,教学有法但无定法,教学方法没有固定不变得,教师的教案就不能有统一的模式。 四、讲究艺术性

101

人教新目标七年级英语教案

所谓教案的艺术性就是构思巧妙,能让学生在课堂上不仅学到知识,而且得到艺术的欣赏和快乐的体验,尤其是要设计好开头、结尾,首位呼应,要层层递进、扣人心弦,达到立体效果,教师的说、谈、问、讲等课堂语言都要经过设计,字斟句酌,该说的一个字不少说,不该说的一个字也不多说,该什么时候说,用什么语调说等都应经过精心安排。 五、强调操作性

教案是教师上课的一种方案,是施工的一种“图纸”他贵在使用,能操作。有的教师写的教案繁琐,上课时还得时不时地看教案,因此在基本观点都阐述不清楚,更谈不上旁征博引,开发学生智能了,因此写教案一定要从实际需要出发,要充分考虑教案的可行性和操作性,该简则简,该繁则繁,好的教案文字很简练,但从中却能看出教师理解教材挖掘教材,有相当的深度,教学思路十分清晰,能力训练层次分明,文字简明扼要,有提示性。 六、考虑变化性

教学进度中常常出现离开教案所预见的情况,教师不能死抠教案而打击学生思维的积极性,遇到这种情况,教师要根据实际改变原先的教学计划和方法,满腔热忱地去启发学生的思维动机,针对疑点积极引导。 答案补充

为了达到这样的目的,教师在备课时,应充分估计学生在学习时可能提出的问题,确定好重点、难点、疑点和关键,学生可能在什么地方出问题,出什么问题,怎样引导,要考虑几种方案,这样,出现打乱教案的现象,也不会紧张,可以因势利导,耐心细致地培养学生的进取精神。 如果我们的教案过于详细、完美,将在无形中对教师的教学形成束缚,剥夺了课堂教学生成的契机和充分拓展的空

102

人教新目标七年级英语教案

间,其教学效果未必理想。我们经常强调教师在教学中要“眼睛里有学生”,就是指要根据学生和课堂不断变化的实际适时调整教学策略。无论我们备课、写教案多么详细、充分,都无法穷尽课堂上将要发生的一切情况,意外事件还需要教师充分利用教学机智来应对。

(最近,南安进修学校开展南安市2012年中学数学、地理、英语优秀教学案例评选活动,为使教师对教学案例有一定的了解,特找一些相关知识与案例范文) 1.什么是教学案例

这可以从以下几个层次来理解:

教学案例是事件:教学案例是对教学过程中的一个实际情境的描述。它讲述的是一个故事,叙述的是这个教学故事的产生、发展的历程,它是对教学现象的动态性的把握。

教学案例是含有问题的事件:事件只是案例的基本素材,并不是所有的教学事件都可以成为案例。能够成为案例的事件,必须包含有问题或疑难情境在内,并且也可能包含有解决问题的方法在内。正因为这一点,案例才成为一种独特的研究成果的表现形式。

案例是真实而又典型的事件:案例必须是有典型意义的,它必须能给读者带来一定的启示和体会。案例与故事之间的根本区别是:故事是可以杜撰的,而案例是不能杜撰和抄袭的,它所反映的是真实发生的事件,是教学事件的真实再现。是对“当前”课堂中真实发生的实践情景的描述。它不能用“摇摆椅子上杜撰的事实来替代”,也不能从抽象的、概括化的理论中演绎的事实来替代。 2.教学案例的特征

案例是一种写作的形式,那么它与我们平时所说的论文等形式有什么区别,

103

人教新目标七年级英语教案

又有什么特点呢?

(1)与论文的区别 从文体和表述方式上来看,论文是以说理为目的,以议论为主的;而案例则以记录为目的,以记叙为主,兼有议论和说明。也就是说,案例是讲一个故事,是通过故事来说明道理。因此,从写作的思路和思维方式上来看,二者也有很大的区别。论文写作一般是一种演绎思维,思维的方式是从抽象到具体,而案例写作是一种归纳思维,思维的方式是从具体到抽象。

(2)与教案、教学设计、教学实录的区别一般来说,与教案、教学设计的区别比较容易理解。教案和设计都是事先设想的教学思路,是对准备实施的教学措施的简要说明;案例则是对已发生的教学过程的反映。一个写在教之前,一个写在教之后;一个是预期,一个是结果。

案例与教学实录的体例比较相近,它们的区别也体现了案例的特点和价值。同样是对教学情境的描述,教学实录是有闻必录,而案例是有所选择的。至于怎样选择,就要看案例撰写的目的和功能了。 3、教学案例的结构要素

从文章结构上看,案例一般包含以下几个基本的元素。 (1)背景

案例需要向读者交代故事发生的有关情况:时间、地点、人物、事情的起因等。如介绍一堂课,就有必要说明这堂课是在什么背景情况下上的,是一所重点学校还是普通学校,是有经验的优秀教师还是年青的新教师,是经过准备的“公开课”还是平时的“家常课”,等等。背景介绍并不需要面面俱到,重要的是说明故事的发生是否有什么特别的原因或条件。 (2)主题

104

人教新目标七年级英语教案

案例要有一个主题。写案例首先要考虑我这个案例想反映什么问题,是想说明怎样转变差生,还是强调怎样启发思维,或者是介绍如何组织小组讨论等等,动笔前都要有一个比较明确的想法。比如学校开展研究性学习活动,不同的研究课题、研究小组、研究阶段,会面临不同的问题、情境、经历,都有自己的独特性。写作时应该从最有收获、最有启发的角度切入,选择并确立主题。 (3)细节

有了主题,写作时就不会有闻必录,而要是对原始材料进行筛选,有针对性地向读者交代特定的内容。比如介绍教师如何指导学生掌握学习方法,就要把学生怎么从“不会”到“会学”的转折过程,特别是关键性的细节写清楚。不能把“方法”介绍了一番,说到“掌握”就一笔带过了。 (4)结果

一般来说,教案和教学设计只有设想的措施而没有实施的结果,教学实录通常也只记录教学的过程而不介绍教学的效果;而案例则不仅要说明教学的思路、描述教学的过程,还要交代教学的结果,即这种教学措施的即时效果,包括学生的反映和教师的感受等。读者知道了结果,将有助于加深对整个过程的内涵的了解。 (5)评析

对于案例所反映的主题和内容,包括教学的指导思想、过程、结果,对其利弊得失,作者要有一定的看法和分析。评析是在记叙基础上的议论,可以进一步揭示事件的意义和价值。比如同样一个“差生”转化的事例,我们可以从教学学、心理学、社会学等不同的理论角度切入,揭示成功的原因和科学的规律。评析不一定是理论阐述,也可以是就事论事、有感而发,引起人的共鸣,给人以启发。

105

人教新目标七年级英语教案

《南北气温的差异》教学案例 【案例背景】

这是一所农村初中校,这是一个活蹦乱跳的班级,这是一堂临时接到通知的公开课,这是一名有十几年教龄的老师,这是一群刚刚接手的学生。

前天,教研组长临时通知我说今天要开一堂学校的公开课,并说要请摄像师随堂拍摄。完了,只有一天的时间准备,太急了!按照教学计划,我这一堂课要上的应该是八年级上册《第二章 中国的自然环境第二节 气候多样 季风显著》的第一课时——《南北气温的差异》。公开课倒是上过不少,但面对摄像机还是头一遭,学生们也是如此,并且时间这么急,有点赶鸭子上架的意思。没办法了,只好抓紧时间搜集资料、备课,制作课件。 【案例描述】

课前,同学们纷纷走进多媒体教室,教室后面齐刷刷地坐着一排老师,一前一后摆着两台摄像机,这阵势真的是有点让人“毛骨耸然”,就连我这身经百战的老师都有点腿软。事实证明,这两名“大炮”还是相当有杀伤力的,原本活跃的班级在它们的“火力覆盖”下变得战战兢兢、鸦雀无声,这让我费了不少力气,努力调动课堂的气氛,所以也浪费了不少时间。

上课铃响了,为了活跃课堂的气氛并顺理成章地引入新课,我创设了这样一个情境:同学们,现在老师有个问题需要大家帮帮忙。这时,学生们满脸疑惑:老师竟然要我们帮忙?于是,我顺势抛出了这样一个问题:寒假来临,刘星的妈妈准备带上刘星去北极村感受北国的风光;夏东海准备带上小雨、小雪到海南旅游。一家人在讨论准备行李的时候犯愁了,该如何准备去两地旅游的衣物呢?请大家帮帮忙。用这几个学生非常熟悉的电视角色来导入新课确实很不错,学生们

106

人教新目标七年级英语教案

开始活跃起来,纷纷给出了建议,从而打破了刚才的恐惧心理。其实这个问题我并不要求学生给出准确的答案,只不过想调动一下气氛并给学生建立“南北温差大”的初步印象。接下来好戏开场:我模仿电视节目创设了这样一个环节:“大家猜猜看”并进行了抢答,用大屏幕打出几幅照片并配上文字说明,让学生猜这是我国的北方或南方,具体是什么地点?课堂气氛进一步活跃起来,最终,学生们猜出了哈尔滨和海南三亚,这时我顺便也引导学生复习了“我国的34个省级行政区的名称、简称和行政中心”,巩固了旧知识也初步认识了冬季我国南北气温差异大的特点。

“同学们,刚刚我们看到的这几幅图是真的吗?我们能不能来验证一下呢?”学生的胃口被吊了起来,于是,我请同学们打开了“我国1月平均气温图”,指导学生阅读了本图的图例,接着要求学生讨论几个问题:(1)分别读出广州、武汉、北京、哈尔滨的气温值。(2)找出1月0℃等温线的位置并用彩笔描出。(3)计算海口和漠河的温差。经过了各组的讨论之后,我每个小组各抽出一名同学来读出上面4个城市的气温并按照南到北的顺序把这4个城市的气温写在黑板上,学生很容易就得出结论:随着纬度的不断升高,气温逐渐降低。接着,我又请了一名学生上台指出了1月0℃等温线的位置,并说出这条线最弯曲的部分在哪里,学生调用了上节课的知识指出最弯曲的部分在横断山区,从而复习了地形对气候的影响这一知识点。最后,我请一名学生上台计算出了海口和漠河的温差是44℃。经过一步步的启发和引导,培养了学生阅读“气温分布图”的能力并最终得出:“冬季,我国南北气温差别很大”的结论,从而也验证了上个环节中同学们的判断是正确的,并且知道了造成这一差异的根本原因是纬度位置的影响。有了前面的经验,我又要求学生阅读了“我国7月平均气温图”,并和“1月平均气温图”进行比

107

人教新目标七年级英语教案

较,同时按照前面的学习方法一步步地引导学生得出了:“夏季全国普遍高温,除青藏高原外”的特点。最后引导学生得出青藏高原夏季气温低的原因是地势太高造成的。

“同学们,经过刚才的学习,我们现在能不能初步知道我国冬季最冷和夏季最热的地方在哪里呢?”这时,有学生说冬季最冷地方在黑龙江,夏季最热的地方在海南。为了验证学生的答案,我引导学生们齐读了书本的阅读材料——“我国冬季最冷和夏季最热的地方”,同时要求学生把阅读材料中出现的地方一一在地图上标出,并且与学生们探讨了夏季气温最高的地方之所以出现在吐鲁番的原因。

根据气温的南北差异并结合农业生产的实际,我国从南到北划分了五个温度带和一个区,到底是哪些呢,大家看一看书本的地图——“我国温度带的划分”。在学生们看图的时候,我很快在黑板上画出了中国轮廓图,说实话这幅板图一直都让我引以自豪也是学生们佩服我的一个地方。接下来,我请了一名学生在我的轮廓图上填出了这几个温度带的名称,至此,学生们对本图有了初步的认识。接着我又引导学生们认识了这几个温度带在位置排列上的规律,巩固了知识。这时,我又卖了一个关子:唉,这幅图上有几条分界线我们似曾相识!于是,我又请了几名学生在我的轮廓图上分别标出了:北回归线、1月0℃等温线、地势第一级和第二级阶梯的分界线。至此,学生们深刻地认识了温度带的划分与旧知识的关联。在画线的时候有个学生用一条直线表示了北回归线,我马上在全班同学面前给予纠正,这时同学们都意识到北回归线应该用虚线来表示,进一步培养了学生的作图能力。

为了进一步检验学生的掌握情况,我又抛出了一个问题:我们学校所处的是哪个

108

人教新目标七年级英语教案

温度带?学生马上答出是亚热带。接着我又分别要求学生分别说出几个省级行政区和地形区所处的温度带名称。至此,中国温度带的划分这一幅地图已深深印入学生的脑海,并且也很好地复习了中国政区图和中国地形图。

不同的温度带对人们生产和生活的影响,老师则在大屏幕上打出了不同形式的建筑、不同的运动方式、不同的水果……,引导学生进行讨论并且得出答案。至此,本课在老师的引导下,在融洽的气氛中,学生们通过读图、画图、讨论、计算等方法圆满完成了教学任务。最后,老师又引导学生通过分组抢答的方式完成了本课的随堂练习,巩固了所学的知识。在抢答的过程中,一位平时被学生们称为“傻子”的同学表现十分积极,所以我又引导学生给予了热烈的掌声,可以看得出这位学生满脸的欢喜,我想,学生的自信比什么都重要! 【案例反思】

通过这一堂课的教学也给我留下了深刻的启示:

1、学习生活化的地理,挖掘生活素材,把枯燥的地理知识融入其中。本课中,“大家帮帮忙”和“猜猜看”这两个环节,学生学习积极性高涨,气氛空前活跃。我想,难怪新课程要提出“学习对生活有用的地理”这一理念。地理教学与学生生活经验的融合是实现新课程目标的有效策略,结合生活实际让学生学习一些对生活有用的地理知识,不仅可以丰富教材内容,激发学生学习兴趣,提高课堂教学效率,还可以引导学生正确认识人地关系,培养良好的地理观。

2、师生关系的融洽是课堂教学成败的关键。新课程强调,教学是教与学的交往、互动,师生双方相互交流、相互沟通、相互启发、相互补充,在这个过程中教师与学生分享彼此的思考、经验和知识,交流彼此的情感、体验与观念,丰富

109

人教新目标七年级英语教案

教学内容,求得新的发现,从而达到共识、共享、共进,实现教学相长和共同发展,而这一切的实现就需要融洽的师生关系。一堂课,师生若能在轻松活泼中自由交流,激热讨论,那么这堂课就成功了一半,所谓“亲其师,信其道”,学生喜欢你了,学习积极性高了,教学效果自然就好了。

3、学生的读图和作图能力要用心去培养。新课程倡导“学习对终身发展有用的地理”,而读图和作图以及应用知识解决有关地理问题的能力就是学生非常重要的地理能力,也是对学生终身发展有用的能力,所以值得我们用心去培养。地图是学习地理的必要手段,在教学中重视地图教学,帮助每位学生不仅学会读图与析图而且用好地图,用活地图,培养学生用图的习惯与能力,这既是学好地理的关键,又是提高学生能力促进终身发展的有效途径。

4、学生的自信心需要我们去保护和激发。“傻子”在抢答中的表现让我动容,值得我们去关爱和保护。我们常说“态度决定一切”,我们常说“为了一切孩子,为了孩子的一切”,我想,这就是了。一个人有了足够的自信,他将有无穷的力量去面对未来的学习和生活。

《印度》教学案例及分析 一、案例背景:

七年级地理下册学习的是区域地理,学生通过亚洲、日本、东南亚的学习,对区域地理的学习方法已经有了一定的了解,学生已初步具备读图分析一个国家地理位置和地形特征的能力和具备从各种统计图表提取、分析、归纳地理信息的能力。

二、案例主题:

七年级地理下册第二章第三节是《文明古国—印度》,结合学生的年龄特点和

110

人教新目标七年级英语教案

已有的知识结构我在印度的地理位置和地形特征等方面的教学中,事先设计相关的学习任务并以地理“导学案”的形式呈现给学生,利用地理“导学案”引导学生读书读图,找出解决问题的办法,促使学生积极思考,变被动学为主动学,让地理课堂更高效。 三、案例过程: 片段一

师:我们已经学了亚洲、日本和东南亚,学会了如何分析一个国家的地理位置,那印度在哪里呢?请大家看地理导学(教师事先设计与准备并在课前分发) 展示学习任务一:认真观察图7.31、7.34,说出印度的地理位置和邻国位置。 (1)印度的地理位置

a.半球位置:从南北半球看,位于 半球,从东西半球看,位于 半球。 b.纬度位置:印度大部分在 纬线和 纬线之间, (纬)线从其中部穿过,所以大部分属于 带。

c.海陆位置:位于 洲南部、南临 洋、东临 湾、西临 海。 (2)找出邻国位置

东北部与 、 国家相邻,西北邻 国 ,东邻 国、 国。南与岛国 隔海相望。

我让前后桌四个同学进行讨论,合作完成学习任务一中的相关内容。话刚一落下,全班同学就讨论开了。而我巡视整个教室,悄悄地走到学生小组中,倾听学生的讨论并适时地给予指导。讨论结束后,我请两三个学生上讲台利用相关地图对学习任务一中的每一个该掌握的知识进行说明,并让其他同学充当评委进行评价。最后我总结“不管学习哪一个国家的地理位置重点都是找出重要的纬线和周围的

111

人教新目标七年级英语教案

海洋与相邻的国家。” 片断二

师:先与学生共同复习地形的五种基本类型及其特点,并抛出问题“请大家思考:如何利用分层设色地形图描述地形的特点与地形的分布特点?”

这一问题一抛出,全班沉默了,我看到这一情况,鼓励大家说到“同学们,请先别着急,再想想,如若真的无从下手的话,请先完成地理导学中的学习任务二并进行小组讨论,比一比哪一小组更有效率,答案也更准确,更规范。” 展示学习任务二:读图7.34“印度的地形”,完成下面任务

(1)查找并标记喜马拉雅山脉、恒河平原、德干高原、恒河、布拉马普特拉河 (2)总结印度地形分布特点:印度北部为 山脉,中部为 平原,南部是面积广大的 高原。印度的地形特点是地形类型以 、 地形为主,大部分地区地势 。

听到这话,全班又讨论开了,我又一次参与到小组讨论中。我发现,这一次学生的讨论更激烈也更投入,似乎都想着尽快地把问题的答案找出来。很快就有了结论,我请一位学生代表上讲台指着图进行回答“首先应该看图例,确定哪种颜色表示的海拔高度,颜色越深,表示海拔越高,平原用绿色来表示;地形分布特点通常描述为哪个方位有什么样的地形类型,地形的特点则通常描述为‘地形以什么类型为主’”然而我发现该学生在指图的时候,不管是山脉,还是平原高原都只是指着某一点来进行说明。为此,我首先肯定了该生的回答并指着地图补充到“山脉在地形图上是用线来表示,而高原平原是用面来表示。 四、教学反思:

这是地理课堂教学中两个普通的案例,却始终围绕着地理课堂的有效教学而

112

人教新目标七年级英语教案

进行的。所谓“有效课堂教学”就是教师有效的教与学生有效的学。具体地说就是教师要最大限度的促进学生和教师的进步和发展,实现教学目的,达到预期效果显著,实现投入与产出比率的最大化。具体体现在: (一) “地理导学案”的应用让学生易学。

在导学案中设计学生合作探究的环节,而每个环节的设计都围绕本节课的教学的目标来进行,设计的问题也比较有讲究,既让学生容易理解,又突出了学生读图能力的训练,真正促使学生积极思考,变学会为会学。主要体现在以下几个方面: 1、导学案的设计突出“地图和图表”。中学地理学科的教学内容,牵涉到方方面,都是以一定空间分布作为基础的。教学中牵涉到某个地理事实、地点或者地区,无论其大小,应该在落实在地理空间上,也就是地图中。通过地图,判断其地理位置的特点、周围的环境及其相互影响。所以,教师事先进行地理导学案设计,设计时始终坚持“以图导学”的原则,比如“请大家观察图7.31、7.34,说出印度的地理位置和邻国位置”等;在课堂教学中也始终要求学生一定要运用地图和地理图表来学习,在进行总结的时候也总是围绕着地图来进行,将读地图、用地图贯穿在地理课堂的始终,紧扣学科特点。

2、导学案的设计时应充分发挥学生的主体作用。教师事先进行分组,每个小组分层次安排成员,即基础好与基础一般和基础较差的相互搭配。设计地理导学案时设计相关的学习任务并注意分层次设计问题,让每个学生都明确所要解决的问题,而不是毫无目的。教学中以学生分小组讨论和小组竞赛的形式充分调动学生的积极性,通过小组成员的合作,小组间的互动,让学生以“主人”的角色融入到课堂中,学生乐学课堂也更高效。 (二)平等和谐的师生关系让学生乐学

113

人教新目标七年级英语教案

“我巡视整个教室,悄悄地走到学生小组中,倾学生的讨论并适时地给予指导”、“鼓励大家说到“同学们,请先别着急,再想想”等看似简单的动作却让课堂氛围变得更和谐,学生在参与讨论时更投入,同时也激发了学生的表现欲望。教师不再是一副高高在上的模样,而是置身于学生当中,参与学生的讨论,在老师和学生之间搭起平等交流的桥梁,使学生真正投身到地理课堂的学习中来,变被动为主动。

以下笔划均依照繁体字为准

一画:

一:克父伤母,性刚果断,少年千难,中年劳、晚年吉祥之字。

乙:幼年多灾,中年成功,离祖大吉,出外遇贵人。环境良好之字。

二画:

二:忌车怕水,多灾厄,或身弱多病,中年奔波,晚年幸福之字。

七:优心劳神或困苦,一生刑偶伤子,病弱短寿,晚年享福之字。

八:多才巧智,清雅荣贵,成功隆昌,首领之格,老运倍加昌盛。

人:英俊佳人,环境良好,温和贤淑,荣贵成功之字。

丁:忧心劳神或身弱多厄,中年劳苦,晚年吉祥之字。

刀:克妻伤子,怀才不遇,忌车怕水,多灾厄之字。

力:孤独,刑克父母,少年千难,中年成功隆昌,智勇双全之字。

了:家破人亡,困苦一生有子亦不孝,不然一生之字。

又:性刚,奔走他乡,吉中有灾厄,晚年幸福之字。

九:福寿双全,贵人明现,出外大吉,环境良好之字,出国之格。

入:病弱短寿或多灾厄,多刑克,中年多灾,晚年吉祥之字。

十:温和贤淑,缘和四海,上下敦睦,成功隆昌之字。

几:奔波劳苦,或身弱多病,有爱情厄,中年潦倒,晚福之字。

卜:英俊人才,温和伶俐.中年成功隆昌,贵人明见。欠子之字。

三画:

三:孤独格,幼年辛苦,出外逢贵得财.中年多劳,晚年成功隆昌荣贵字格。

千:精明公正,义利分明.官运之格,成劝隆昌,环境良好之字。

大:清雅荣贵,多才精明,中年成功隆昌、富贵荣华,但常人难以承受之字。

114

人教新目标七年级英语教案

小:清秀伶俐,多才巧智,早婚不宜,一生清闲幸福之字。

上:一生清雅荣贵但不善仁和,子孙兴旺,二子吉祥之字。

下:刑偶伤子,有才能干,奔波劳苦,晚福之字。

子:智勇双全,清雅荣贵中年劳心,晚年隆昌,双妻之格,女人温和贤淑。

山:孤独格,父母无缘故,少年千难,中年隆昌,从事技术工作大吉,欠子之字。

川:克偶伤子,双妻之格,中年隆昌,晚年优心劳神之字。

士:身弱短命,幼年辛苦,中年隆昌,晚年劳神。

土:技术方面大吉,贵人明现,成功隆昌,环境良好之字。

也:奔波劳苦,一生多灾厄难幸福,晚年享福之字。

久:出国之格,一生清雅荣声,中年成功隆昌,福寿之字。

才:多才巧智,清雅荣贵,成功怪昌,环境良好之字。

女:孤独性,环境良好,秀气伶俐,晚年劳神之字。

寸:品性温良,晚年大吉,环境良好,中年多厄,晚年隆昌之字。

己:一生清雅多才,刑偶伤子,中年多灾,晚年吉庆之字。

巳:长寿,中年吉祥,晚年优心劳神或潦倒之字。

工:上下敦睦,一生平凡保守之专格,子孙兴旺吉祥之字。

勺:天生聪颖,清雅荣贵,环境良好,一生享福欠子之字。

弋:出外逢贵得财,重义信用,中年多灾,晚年隆昌之字。

于:一生清荣,温和贤淑,中年劳,晚年隆昌,女人薄辛多灾之字。

刃:优心劳神或事劳无功,病弱短寿或牢狱子字。

口:偏爱禄美,口才伶俐,重情失败,中年辛劳,晚年吉祥之字。

夕:少年千难,出外大吉,刑偶伤子,晚年享福之字。

乞:少年千难,中年成功隆昌,双妻之格或晚年劳神之字。

凡:一生清荣贵、出外逢贵得财,子孙兴旺之字。

巾:刑克父母或刑妻伤子,晚婚大吉,中年隆昌,晚年多厄之字。

干:性刚果断,常有祸端,有牢狱之灾、不取名为吉。

弓:抱负大,志气强,有精神失常之灾,杀人被杀之字。

乃:刑偶伤子,多才巧智,清雅荣贵,中年成功,晚年劳神。

丸:出外大吉,有欠子之厄,中年成功隆昌,环境良好之字。

子:不祥之字,暗淡无光,多劳困或事劳无功之字。

四画:

四:年轻辛苦,晚年福,女人多厄再嫁之字。

公:声名显赫,富贵增荣,一生享福之格,但常人难受之字。

月:刑偶欠子或身弱多厄,晚婚大吉。中年劳、晚年隆昌,平凡之字。

115

人教新目标七年级英语教案

巴:幼年多灾,中年劳苦,晚年隆昌,有欠子厄,一生平凡之字。

日:刑克父母或刑偶欠子,理智充足,智勇双全,成功隆昌荣贵之字。

中:幼年多灾,出外逢贵,精明公正,福寿兴家,晚年劳神之字。

心:孤独格,克父命,一生安稳享福,有爱情厄,子孙兴旺之字。

丑:一生清雅平凡,双妻子格,中年吉祥,晚年劳神多厄之字。

文:英俊多才,清雅荣贵,中年吉祥,隆昌,忌车怕水,女人再嫁之字。

斗:理智充足,出外大吉,中年劳,晚年成功隆昌之字。

内:温和贤淑,贵人明现,环境良好,中年成功隆昌之字。

屯:多相克,晚婚大吉,中年多灾厄,晚年吉祥,子福之字。

太:刑克父母,孤独格,清雅伶俐,中年成功,隆昌。

友:多情重义,理智充足,中年奔波劳苦,但成功隆昌之字。

天:刑克父母,刑偶欠子,双妻子格,出外大吉,晚年吉祥之字。

化:技术能成功,有才无运,多劳少乐,中年吉,晚年劳神之字。

予:有爱情烦恼,一生多灾厄,中年多劳闲苦,晚福之字。

匹:性刚果断,义利分明,中年吉祥,但劳神之字。

夫:天生聪颖,英敏多才,中年奔波,一生清雅荣贵之字。

仁:理智充足,中年劳,晚年吉祥之字。

介:刑克父母,兄弟无缘,中年劳,晚年成功隆昌,二子吉祥。

午:食禄齐美,环境良好,中年奔波,晚年吉祥之字。

尹:一生清雅伶俐,多才多艺,智勇双全,荣幸之字。

氏:忍耐勤俭,应付自如,清雅伶俐,中年劳,晚年吉祥之字。

六:性刚果断,贵人明现,中年奔波劳苦,晚年隆昌荣幸之字。

壬:一表人材,官格之命刑妻伤子,中年多劳,晚年吉祥荣贵之字。

允:六亲无缘,出外逢贵得财,天生聪颖,自力更生,白手起家之字。

木:一生清雅平凡,环境良好,双妻之格,中年成功隆昌幸福之字。

元:环境良好,克己助人,福寿兴家,妻贤子贵,荣华之字。

牛:清雅荣贵,一生平凡,子孙兴旺,中年成功隆昌,精诚之字。

什:事劳无功,优心劳神,中年多灾,晚年劳神之字。

方;一生安稳守己,聪明伶俐,中年有灾,晚年幸福之字。

及:奔波劳苦,多灾厄,出国大吉,晚年幸福。

水:一生平凡,有才能,理智好运,或刑偶欠子,晚年隆昌之字。

匀:聪明伶俐,清雅荣贵,中年成功隆昌,晚年昌盛,二子字。

孔:优心劳神或怀才不遇,中年劳苦晚年吉祥之字。

丹:性刚果断,父母无缘,一生平凡,中年劳,晚年吉祥之字。

116

人教新目标七年级英语教案

令:一生清雅荣贵,中年成功隆昌·多才巧智,晚年劳神。

井:勤俭励业,义利分明,中年多劳,晚年幸福之字。

仇:口快心直,刑偶伤子,中年小心灾厄,晚年享福之字。

亢:奔波劳苦或优心劳神,一生困苦或病弱短寿之字。

互:温和伶俐,中年隆昌,欠子之格,忠厚之字。

分:刑偶伤子,多才巧智,出外大吉,中年成功隆昌,晚年幸福。

卞:有才能,但无运,潦倒一生或孤劳,短寿之字。

手:性格复杂,多愁少乐,中年多灾厄,忌车怕水,晚年吉祥之字。

勿:暗淡无光,消极冷寒难幸福,多灾厄,病弱短寿,二子之字。

反:奔波劳苦,浮沉不定,常有祸端,短寿,自杀或有意外之字。

歹:不祥之字,多灾厄,多劫煞,难幸相,一生困苦。

引:性刚,义侠心强,有成人之美德,中年成功隆昌,晚年劳神之字。

户:清雅伶俐,荣贵隆昌,中年有厄,晚年倍加昌盛之字。

尤:一生清雅,聪明伶俐,刑偶伤子,中年劳晚年隆昌,忌车厄之字。

厄:不吉之字,多灾厄,多劫煞,难幸相,潦倒一生之字。

吊:不祥之字,身弱短寿病苦一生,忌车怕水多灾厄之字。

支:贵人明现,有才能理智,但中年劳苦,晚年隆昌之字。

日:一生清雅,中年劳,晚年吉祥,环境良好。

爪:优心劳神,一生多灾厄,有爱情烦恼,晚年吉祥,忌车怕水。

欠:潦倒或困苦,刑偶欠子,中年劳苦之字。

毛:一生清雅平凡,多才巧智,荣贵之格,中年多灾,晚年吉祥。

父:多刑克,病弱短寿,或忌车怕水,一生难成功之字。

止:优心劳神或事劳无功,或身弱多厄,中年劳,晚年吉祥之字。

火:性刚果断或中年大灾厄,病凶恶煞,晚年隆昌之字。

片:刑偶伤子,优心劳神,一生困苦多灾之字。

犬:任性或怪性,优心劳神,一生困苦多灾,晚年无福之字。

斤:清秀巧智,一生清雅荣贵,女人助夫益子,环境良好之字。

幻:有爱情烦恼,或怀才不遇,中年多灾厄,晚年吉祥之字。

尺:一生清雅伶俐,多才巧智,中年多灾厄,晚年吉祥快乐之字。

切:英俊佳人,双妻之格,中年奔波,但隆昌,晚年劳神之字。

不:清雅伶俐,出外隆昌,中年多厄,二子吉祥,女人刑偶伤子薄幸之字。

戈:杀人被杀,劫煞,病弱短寿,刑偶伤子女,多灾厄,守寡之字。

牙:秀气巧妙,多才巧智,中年成功吉祥,晚年劳神,平凡之字。

之:出国之字,名利双收,学识渊博,官运旺盛荣贵,欠子之字。

117

人教新目标七年级英语教案

五画:

五:乒多才巧智,天生聪颖,中年成功隆昌,安享荣贵,晚年劳神之字。

左:足智多谋,有胆有识,一生清雅荣贵,温和隆昌,忌车价水之字。J

右:学识丰富,克已助人,中年成功隆昌,官格之命,操守廉正之字。

央:一生清雅荣幸,多才巧智,中年有爱情厄,晚年隆昌之字。

生:智勇双全,出外逢贵得财,中年成功隆昌,荣贵之字。

由:英雄豪爽,清雅多才,双妻之格,中年隆昌之字。

古:温和贤淑,食禄双全,中年奔波或劳昔,晚年安祥之字。

民:英俊佳人,上下敦睦,一生官或财旺之字。

正:才智卓越,精明公正,官运旺或财旺,刑偶伤子之字。

弘:口快心直,一生清牙雅,忌车怕水,中年多灾,晚年隆昌之字。

布:温和慈祥,但多灾厄,忌车怕水,中年劳,晚年吉祥之字。

代:清秀伶俐,小巧多才,晚婚大吉,出外逢贵,上下敦睦,温和之字。

史:一生福禄有余,中年多厄,晚年隆昌,吉祥之字。

用:忧心劳神,温和机警.奔波后成功隆昌,子孙兴旺之字。

平:教育界大吉,一生安稳守已.克己助人.温和贤淑之字。

加:技术界大吉,出外大吉,中年奔波.晚年隆昌.幸福之字。

皮:奔波劳苦或事劳无功,一生多灾厄,难幸福之字。

旦:贵人明现,子孙兴旺,多才巧智,环境良好之字。

只:忧心劳神,二子吉祥,中年多灾厄,晚年吉祥之字。

占:幼年多灾,忌火,有才能理智,食禄齐美,成功,隆昌之字。

卉:忧心劳神,损丁破财源,潦倒一生,难幸福,忌车怕水之字。

册:良善积德,环境良好,有人缘,中年成功隆昌之字。

玉:智勇双全,名利双收,荣贵隆昌,女人病弱短寿,或爱情之字。

丕:清雅伶俐,温和诚实,迟婚大吉,一生清闲幸福之字。

付:中年隆昌,身体不利或欠子厄。

可:福禄双收,天生聪颖,离祖成功,双妻之格,晚年隆昌之字。

甲:一生清雅伶俐,温和贤淑,中年成功隆昌,环境良好之字。

玄:性格复杂,中年离乱,晚年吉祥,子孙繁荣,官运旺之字。

永:克父命,出外逢贵得财,中年奔波,晚年隆昌,荣幸之字。

主:兄弟无靠,一生清雅多智,环境良好隆昌。

申:一生清雅荣贵,多才巧智,中年成功隆昌之字。

仕:义利分明,多才巧智,中年成功隆昌,晚年劳神多疾之字。

丙:英俊佳人,环境良好,中年成功,隆昌官格之字。

118

人教新目标七年级英语教案

冬:中年多灾厄,晚年享福之字。

世:操守廉正,福禄双收,中年勤俭建业,晚年隆昌之字。

市:幼年辛苦,少年千难,·中年平凡,晚年隆昌,女人薄幸之字。

刊:中年劳,晚年福,女人多灾厄再嫁守寡。

白:清秀伶俐,智勇双全,中年成功,有爱情厄,晚年吉祥之字。

王:一生清雅荣华,双妻之格,中年奔波,成功昌隆之字。

立:病弱短寿,少年千难,中年隆昌,二字吉祥,忌车祸之字。

司:妻贤子贵,天赐福禄,一生清雅荣贵,成功隆昌之字。

田:福寿兴家,才能理智兼备,中年劳累,晚年隆昌,环境良好之字。

包:一生清雅伶俐,谋略出众,中年成功隆昌,晚年劳神名字。

目:优心劳神,浮沉不定,中年多灾厄,晚年吉祥,虽成功或劳神。

必:身弱奔波,出外吉祥,晚婚大吉,事业如意。

功:父母无缘,孤独奔波,一生清雅荣贵,多才巧智,晚年劳神之字。

出:性刚果断,中年多灾,晚年吉祥,忌车怕水之字。

叮:忧心劳神,劳累奔波,晚年幸福之字。

仟:清雅荣贵,环境良好,中年成功隆昌,晚年子孙兴旺之字。

以:聪明伶俐,一生清闲享福,中年成功隆昌,欠子之字。

禾:准出国之格,一生衣厚食丰,清雅英俊,中年成功隆昌之字。

瓜:忧心劳神,孤独格,中年多灾厄,晚年吉祥之字。

夯:幼年辛苦,忌车怕水,中年奔波或多劳,晚年吉祥之字。

尻:出外大吉,多刑克之字,中年开运,晚年吉祥之字。

本:温和贤淑,环境良好,一生平凡,中年多灾,晚年吉祥之字。

弁:有才能谋略,事业成功,重情失败,晚年享福之字。

甘:一生多才巧智,中年多厄,晚年隆昌,名利双收,二子吉祥之字。

丘:智勇双全,环境良好,中年成功隆昌,晚年劳神之字。

且:义利分明,一生清雅,名利双收,二子吉祥之字。

仔:忧心劳神,一生难如愿,中年多灾厄,晚年吉祥之字。

他:出外逢贵得财,温和多才,但忌车怕水。

令:英雄豪爽,上下敦睦,中年虽奔波,但成功隆昌,温和之字。

半:多愁善感,不惹是非,中年劳,晚年福,女人半夫半财。

兄:口快心直,奔波劳苦,保守平凡,中年吉祥之字。

矛:性刚果断,中年劳累,晚年吉祥之字。

疋:身闲心苦,或事劳无功,刑偶伤子,有爱情厄,晚福之字。

瓦:身犯破,优心劳神,中年劳累身弱,晚年隆昌之字。

119

人教新目标七年级英语教案

北:环境良好,一生清雅荣贵,中年成功隆昌,晚年劳神之字。

卯:刑偶或欠子,清雅温和,重情重义,中年多灾,晚年隆昌。

句:衣食丰足,肯作肯劳,重信用,中年劳累,晚年隆昌之字。

召;带刀厄,多刑克或刑偶欠子,中年成功隆昌,离祖成功之字。

幼:多灾厄,难关重重,晚年可有好运。

弗:多刑克,幼年辛苦,中年有成就。

未:优心劳神或多疾病,中年多厄,晚年隆昌之字。

末:少乐多愁.中年多灾厄,忌车怕水,晚年吉祥之字。

示:聪颖理智,一生清雅荣贵,二子吉祥之字。

皿:刑偶伤子,一生清雅多才,中年薄幸,晚年吉祥之字。

石:刑偶伤子,命硬,中年功累或奔波,晚年吉祥之字。

外:刑偶伤子,双妻之格,出外得财,中年劳,晚年吉祥之字。

巨:怀才不遇或优心劳神,外观幸福,内心多愁,晚年了福之字。

匆:优心劳神,万生多灾厄,或身弱多病,难幸福,多灾之字。

母:刑克父母,幼年辛苦,中年成功隆昌,晚年忧心劳神之字。

台:一生清雅,技术大吉,中年奔波,成功隆昌,晚年享福之字。

尼:事难如愿,中年优心劳神,晚年吉祥之字。

戊:性刚果断,一生清雅多才,中年有爱情厄,晚年吉祥之字。

札:聪敏佳人,一生清雅荣贵,中年成功隆昌,双妻之字。

矢:性刚果断,或事劳无功,多刑克之字,但子孙兴旺。

穴:安稳守己,环境良好,有才能理智,成功隆昌,二子吉祥之字。

另:出外逢贵得财,克母命,福禄双收,中年奔波,晚年成功。

失:忧心劳神,沉浮不定,刑妻伤子,一生难幸福,或多病疾之字。

奴:多愁多优,身闲心苦,晚年吉祥之字。

巧:少年千难,忌车怕水,中年劳,晚婚吉,晚年吉祥之字。

去:消极不吉,一生清雅,多灾厄,中年小心,晚年吉祥之字。

求:一贫如洗,一生难幸福,多灾厄,子福之字。

水:食雅伶俐,晚婚吉祥,中年劳累,晚年大吉祥,女人多灾之字。

冉:渝雅伶俐,多才巧智,义利分明,中年有病厄,一生安稳之字。

充:奔波劳苦,温和贤能,出外大吉,中年成功隆昌之字。 六画:

打:事劳无功或怀才不遇,中年苦中得甘,子孙兴旺之字。

字:有爱情烦恼,安份守己,中年有灾厄,晚年吉昌之字。

圭:天性聪颖,多才巧智,义利分明,刑偶伤子,中年劳累晚年成功之字。

120

人教新目标七年级英语教案

伍:英俊佳人,理智充足,中年勤俭励业,名利双收,荣幸之字。

亘:出国之字,智勇双全,义利分明,中年成功,隆昌之字。

好:秀气伶俐,上下敦睦,有才能理慧,温和贤淑,一生幸福之字。

休:忧心劳神,或身弱多厄,中年潦倒,难成功,晚年子福之字。

伏:英雄气魄,一生性刚有美德,中年多灾,晚年隆昌之字。

变:多刑克,身弱多病,性刚多灾,中年劳心,难成功之字。

亦:出国之路,出外逢贵得财,中年成功,隆昌荣贵之字。

次:身瘦或体弱,出外大吉,技术成功,多才温和之字。

守:刑偶伤子,精明公正,中年隆昌,女人薄幸,疾病多灾之字。

旭:幼年辛苦,出外祥,中年”波,但成功隆昌,子孙昌盛之字。

行:温和贤能,清雅伶利,中年病厄,晚年隆昌之字。

宇:一生清雅平凡,中年奔波劳苦,智慧聪颖,忌车怕水,晚年吉祥之字。

价:克父命,多才巧智,清雅伶俐,二子吉祥,晚年隆昌之字。

吉:不吉之字,忧心劳神,或有牢狱之灾,或有爱情厄,晚年吉祥之字。

兆:出国之字,清雅荣贵,天生聪颖,中年成功隆昌,名利双收,忌车怕水之字。

如:理智聪颖,多才温和,有爱情烦恼,中年多厄,秀气短寿之字。

仿:贵人明现,一生清雅伶俐,中年劳苦或多灾,晚年安宁幸之字。

仰:聪明伶俐,多才巧智,中年成功隆昌,晚年子孙繁荣之字。

在:奔波劳苦,或性刚果断,中年多灾厄,晚年隆昌,名利双收之字。

而:出国之字,秀气英俊,中年成功隆昌,多才伶俐,荣贵之字。

老:一生清雅平凡,中年多灾或多劳,晚年吉祥之字。

向:衣厚食丰,清雅平凡,中年优心劳神,晚年吉祥之字。

合:环境良好,一生清雅温和,中年励业,晚年成功隆昌之

自:有爱情厄,少年千难,中年劳苦,或病弱,晚年吉祥之字。

西:事劳无功,或优心劳神,中年隆昌.廿九岁到三十一岁小心,晚年隆昌。

伐:百事苦劳,一生清雅平凡,刑偶伤子,有子亦孝,晚年吉之字。

匡:刑克父母,幼年辛苦,中年成功隆昌,晚年忧心劳神之字。

至:英雄慷慨,性刚多厄,中年多灾,晚年吉祥幸福之字。

竹:一生清雅伶俐,多才巧智,中年隆昌,晚年子孙旺盛之尖:

尖:刑偶伤子,多刑克,吉凶参半,晚年隆昌之字。

曲:理智聪颖,多才温和,有爱情厄,中年奔波或劳苦,晚年吉祥。

共:环境良好,一生清雅荣贵,二子吉祥,中年成功隆昌。

仲:性刚灵活机敏,中年有灾厄,晚年吉昌以妻之字。

汀:身弱多病,或少乐多愁,中年劳,晚年吉祥之字。

121

人教新目标七年级英语教案

舟:浮沉不定,是非参半,晚婚大吉,中年多灾,晚年吉祥之字。

再:多才巧智,贵人明现,中年成功隆昌,荣贵,女人薄幸多灾厄之字。

存:天生聪颖,义利分明,子孙兴旺,中年劳,晚年隆昌之字。

夷:性刚果断或中快心直,有杀人被杀或牢狱之灾。

夙:出国之格,天生聪颖,多才巧智,有爱表厄,中年成功,隆昌之字。

色:忧心劳神或身犯破,少年千难,口快心直,中年多厄,晚年幸福。

早:环境良好,一生清雅秀气,二子吉祥,晚年优心劳神。

式:理智才气具有,但中年多灾厄,晚年荣幸之字。

先:出外逢贵得财,中年劳晚年吉祥,荣幸之字。

冈:优心劳神,少年千难,中年隆昌,晚年优心劳神之字。

争:多才巧智,清雅荣贵,福禄双收,出国之格,隆昌之字。

灯:优心劳神,或事劳无功,中年多灾或苦,晚年安祥之字。

光:一生清雅荣贵,晚婚吉,出外逢贵得财,中年晚年吉祥。

伎:优心劳神或病弱短寿,一生苦劳,或多灾难幸福之字。

冲:多刑克,不祥之字,一生病弱难幸福之字。

承:理智聪颖,胆识丰富,一生清雅伶俐,成功荣贵之字。

伉:多愁多优,百事苦劳,中年多灾厄,晚年隆昌之字。

刑:多刑克,或优心劳神,事劳无功,一生灾厄,难幸福之字。

劣:不祥之字,孤独劳苦或多相克,中年多灾厄,晚年子福之字。

企:环境良好,坚实温和,中年成功隆昌,清雅荣贵之字。

凶:不祥之字,夜路无光,杀人被杀,牢狱之灾,难幸福。

列:性刚果断或幼年辛苦,中年多劳,出外大吉,晚年隆昌之字。

羽:秀气伶俐,一生温和贤淑,中年成功,名利双收之字。

血:一生清雅伶俐,刑偶欠子,中年有爱情厄,晚年安稳之字。

系:有爱情厄,温和诚实,清雅秀气,中年劳,晚年吉昌。

匠:刑克父母,少年千难,中年多劳,多才巧智,晚年成功隆昌之字。

后:衣厚食丰,一表人材,多才多艺,清雅荣贵,中年成功险昌之字。

名:出外逢贵得财,中年奔波劳苦,但名利双收,晚年吉祥之字。

回:环境良好,朴素有美德,中年成功隆昌,晚年身弱之字。

地:一生清雅,刑偶欠子或刑克父母,中年隆昌,但有病厄司劫财,晚年吉祥。

寺:刑偶伤子,或事劳无功,中年清雅荣贵,晚年吉祥之字。

吐:福禄双收,温和诚实,中年多灾厄,晚年成功隆昌之字。

吏:有才能智慧,难遇知己,中年劳苦,晚年安祥之字。

各:性刚果断,心直口快,中年劳苦,晚年吉祥之字。

122

人教新目标七年级英语教案

因:多劳受苦,或忧心劳神,性刚有牢狱之厄,或离乱之灾晚福之字。

多:克服万难后,成功发达,多才贤能,爱情失败,晚年隆昌之字。

耳:幼年辛苦,中年多灾,晚年享福。

舌:一生多劳苦,或身弱多病,中年多灾,晚年隆昌之字。

亥:清雅伶俐,出外逢贵得财,中年劳,晚年隆昌,环境良好、之字。

妃:清雅贵气,理智聪颖,一生清闲享福,晚年劳神之字。

宅:出外吉祥,一生多才贤能,子孙旺盛,中年成功,晚年吉祥之字。

帆:有爱情厄,中年劳或奔波,晚年隆昌,英俊之字。

戎:多愁善感,或性刚果断,一生多灾厄,晚年虽吉亦劳神。

旬:晚婚迟得子大吉,身弱清秀,多才贤能,晚年隆昌之字。

采:清秀灵巧,天生聪颖,幼年辛苦,中年成功隆昌,二子吉祥之字。

灰:口快心直,性刚果断,中年多灾厄,晚年吉祥,子福之字。

戌:英俊灵活,多才巧智,幼年辛苦,中年隆昌,欠子或犯破。

曳:性刚果断,一生难如愿,潦倒或困苦,晚年吉祥,子福之宇。

庄:口快心直,一生奔波大吉,中年多劳但隆昌,晚年荣幸之宇。

收:优心劳神,一生劳苦,或潦倒多灾厄,妇女守寡再嫁。

旨:晚婚迟得子大吉,中年多劳,晚年吉祥之字。

朱:清雅伶俐,天生聪颖,多才巧智,中年隆昌,有爱情厄,晚年吉祥之字。

此:奔放劳苦,难望如愿,命途多蚌,或潦倒,晚年子福之字。

牝:性刚果断,自我心强,有牢狱之灾,中年多灾厄,晚年吉弹之字。

考:一生清雅平凡,出外吉祥,中年劳苦,晚年成功隆昌之字。

肉:一生清雅平安,清闲伶俐,中年虽劳,晚年吉祥隆昌之字。

虫:一生清雅平凡,保守之路,聪明才干,中年困苦,晚福之字。

衣:出外吉祥,优心劳神中多灾厄,晚年吉祥之字。

任:环境良好,有官格之字。兴识渊博,中年成功隆昌之字。

有:半财之路,一生清雅伶俐,性刚,中年劳苦,晚年隆昌之字。

艮:性刚出外大吉,一生清雅,中年劳或多灾厄,晚年吉祥之字。

百:理智聪颖,食禄齐美一生,多才巧智,成功隆昌,环境良好之字。

羊:一生清雅温和,晚婚迟得子大吉,中年奔波,晚年吉祥之字。

米:天生聪颖,多才巧智,出外大吉,中年平凡,晚年隆昌之‘字。

同:清雅多才,温和贤能中年劳,晚年隆昌。

臣:清雅伶俐,多才巧智,精明公正,义利分明,中年多厄,晚年隆昌。

伊:一生清雅荣贵,理智聪颖,中年成功隆昌,上下敦睦荣幸之字。

州:克父命,或克偶伤子,中年多灾厄,晚年吉祥之字。

123

人教新目标七年级英语教案

年:克父母,一生多才多能,中年劳苦,成功或隆昌。

冰:优心劳神,中年有灾厄,晚年安祥之字。

安:安祥平凡,一生清雅,口快心刚,或克父命,子孙兴旺,幸福之字。

印:一生清雅荣贵,幼年辛苦,中年成功隆昌,晚年劳神之字。

全:多才巧智,清雅荣贵,中年劳累,成功隆昌,名利双收之字。

井:忌车怕水,一生多灾厄或体弱多病,中年劳累,晚年吉祥之字。

牟:聪明伶俐,多才巧智,但怀才不遇或多灾厄,晚年吉祥之宇。

朽:有才能理智,难遇知己,中年多灾厄,晚年安祥之字。

圳:性刚或心快,中年多灾厄,忌车怕水,晚年吉祥。

弛:侠义心强,慷慨豪爽,中年多劳奔波,晚年吉祥之字。

件:忧心劳神,一生难幸福,命途多厄,劳苦多灾之字,忌火字。

七画:

汛:出国之字,英俊秀气,温和贤淑,中年成功隆昌,有爱情厄之字。

江:清雅多才,中年劳苦,晚年吉祥,女人性刚。

汗:幼年辛苦,清雅伶俐,双妻之格,中年有灾厄,晚年吉祥之字。

池:事业隆昌,环境很好,离祖成功,中年平凡,晚年吉祥。

汝:出国之字格,清雅秀气,温和伶俐,中年成功隆昌,荣贵之字。

妩:刑偶伤子,贫苦多厄,破相或身弱多病,一生困苦多灾之字。

巡:奔波劳苦,或身闲心苦,中年成功隆昌,晚年三子兴旺之字。

成:清秀多才,出外或出国大吉,中年成功之字,忌水厄。

戒:多才巧智,温和贤能,中年多灾,晚年隆昌,荣幸之字。

言:重义气,温和聪颖,中年成功隆昌,晚年倍加昌盛之字。

兑:福禄双收,清雅荣贵,二子吉祥,贵人明现,晚年吉祥。

助:清雅荣贵,有双妻之格,中年成功隆昌,晚年多优之字。

求:温和贤能,中年成功隆昌,晚年子孙兴旺之字。

见:出外逢贵得财,性刚欠仁和,中年劳累,晚年大吉,刑克父母之字。

更:一生聪颖伶俐,离祖成功,晚婚迟得子大吉,福禄双收之字。

希:虽清雅荣贵多才巧智,但运不通,中年有灾厄,晚婚吉,晚年吉祥。

车:口快心直,或性刚果断,中年劳累奔波,晚年吉祥之字。

采:秀气伶俐,清雅荣贵,成功隆昌,中年劳累成功隆昌,晚年劳神之字。

作:忧心劳神,刑偶或欠子,中年隆昌,晚年劳神之字。

邑:一生清雅,秀气温和,吉昌之字。

良:口快多才,清雅荣贵,出外大吉,中年平凡,晚年隆昌,女人刑夫伤子。

克:命硬刑偶伤子之厄,有官格。

124

人教新目标七年级英语教案

佑;精明公正,克己助人,环境良好,工程界吉,成功隆昌,名利之字。

伸:智勇双全,名利双收,中年劳累或灾厄,晚年吉昌荣幸之字。

孚:清明公正,智勇双全,福寿兴家,中年成功隆昌,双妻之字。

辰:英俊才人,理知聪颖,一生清雅出外吉,成功荣幸之字。

罕:一生多灾厄,优心劳神之字。

男:晚婚大吉,英俊多才,中年平凡,晚年吉样,幸福之字。

甸:晚婚迟得子大吉,小心爱情厄,中年成功隆昌,出国之字。

佟:一生多劳困苦,但子孙兴旺之字。

完:清雅伶俐,出外逢贵隆昌,中年有灾,晚年吉祥之字。

身:性刚果断或优心劳神,中年劳累,晚年吉祥之字。

孝:多才巧智,一生清雅荣贵,中年有灾厄,晚年吉祥幸福。

初:清雅荣贵,婚迟吉,中年奔波劳苦,晚年隆昌之字。

宏:一生清雅,多才巧难,中年不利,晚年吉昌。

妙:幼年辛苦,少年千难,中年成功隆昌,女人中年劳苦,晚净吉祥。

甫:多才巧智,清雅伶俐,中年多灾厄,晚年吉祥之字。

秀:有爱情烦恼,秀气灵巧,吉凶分明,配合吉则吉,配合凶侧凶。

均:天生聪明,多才巧智,清雅荣贵,成功隆昌,名利双收之字。

坌:优心劳神或体弱多病,中年多灾厄,晚年吉祥之字。

吟:温和贤淑,勤俭励业,福禄双收,成功隆昌,忠厚善良,名利双收。

妗:温和贤淑,勤俭守己,福寿兴家,中年辛苦,晚年隆昌之字。

牡:秀气伶俐,福禄双收,有爱情厄,一生荣幸二子之字。

位:义利分明多才巧智,但身弱多病,晚年成功隆昌之字。

延:智勇双全,名利双收出外逢贵,中年奔波,官格,成功隆昌之字。

判:优心劳神,百事苦劳,中年多灾厄,晚年吉祥之字。

伯:多才巧智,义利分明克己助人,英俊佳人,一生幸福之字。

住:多才温和,中年劳苦,晚年隆昌之字。

志:口快心直,或性刚劳心,中年奔波或劳累,晚年成功隆昌之字。

兵:二子吉祥,内心多优,中年多灾厄,晚年吉祥之字。

伺:理智聪颖,清雅伶俐,贵人明现,荣贵之字。

呈:学识渊博,清雅荣贵,官或财旺,但常人难受之字。

佃:福禄双收,环境良好,温和贤淑,中年成功隆昌,荣贵之字。

伶:清雅秀气,多才温和,幼年多灾,中年成功隆昌,晚年劳神之字。

吾:智勇双全,义利分明,重情失败,中年多劳,晚年吉祥之瓷字。-

改:出外逢贵得财,清雅多才,中年劳苦,晚年隆昌之字。

125

人教新目标七年级英语教案

杉:口快心直,多才巧智,配合吉则吉,配合凶则凶,杀人或被杀或牢狱短寿之字。

酉:体弱多病,晚婚迟见子大吉,中年多灾厄,晚年隆昌之字。

治:出外逢贵得财,重情失败,或身弱短寿,女人薄幸之灾厄之字。

坐:刑克父母,精诚和睦,中年多灾厄或奔波,晚年吉祥之字。

旱:忌车怕水,中年奔波或多灾,晚年吉祥之字。

束:二子吉祥,中年顺利幸福,晚年劳神多厄之字。

村:忧心劳神或奔波劳苦,中年吉祥多劳累,晚年隆昌之字。

何:福禄双收,但忧心劳神,中年多灾或身弱多病,晚年吉祥之字。

尾:忧心劳神或刑偶伤子薄幸多灾厄,中年小心,不幸之字。

杏:有爱情烦恼,刑偶伤子,中年平凡,晚年劳神,但安祥之字。

灶:环境良好,清雅多才,双妻之格,中年劳累,总厚善良之字。

宋:一生清雅,智勇双全,中年奔波,晚年隆昌之字。

体:优心劳神或事劳无功,中年多灾厄,晚年吉祥子福之字。

坍:多才巧智,中年成功隆昌,晚年劳神之字。

吴:一生清雅多才,重情失败,短寿之厄,晚年吉祥之字。

巫:二子吉祥,清雅多才,中年多灾或奔波,晚年吉祥之字。

灸:性刚果断或病弱短寿,中年劳累或牢狱之厄。

利:少年千难,中年劳或奔波,成功隆昌,名利之字。

呆:精神失常,或忧心劳神,晚婚吉,中年劳累,晚年子福之字。

谷:二子吉祥,清雅荣贵,福禄双收,中年环境良好,出国之字。

序:温和贤淑,清雅秀气福禄双收,中年之灾,出国之字。

赤:口快心直,性刚出外吉,晚婚吉,中年隆昌,晚年劳神之字。

妆:不祥之字,多灾厄,忌车怕水,或病弱短寿之字。

步:福禄双收,克父命,中年成功隆昌,二子吉祥,晚年劳神或身弱之字。

杖:志气高,抱负大,欠仁和,中年隆昌,家庭不和,晚年劳神之字。

私:刑偶伤子或忧心劳神,忍耐力强,晚年吉祥之字。

足:中年隆昌幸福,晚年劳神多厄之字。

攸:天生聪颖,温和贤淑,中年吉祥,身弱多厄,晚年隆昌。

妊:良善积德,温和贤淑,名利双收,成功隆昌名利之字。

否:优心劳神或事劳无功,多灾厄,晚年吉祥之字。

町:清秀多才,温和幸福,晚年多优之字。

李:一生清雅多才,贵人明现,重情失败,中年劳,晚年隆昌。

究:理智、义利分明,中年隆昌,晚年吉祥享福之字。

秃:优心劳神,或身犯破或病弱短寿,中年多灾,晚年子福吉祥之字。

126

人教新目标七年级英语教案

每:身弱多厄,或事劳无功,中年勤俭励业成功。

豆:二子吉祥,多才伶俐,清雅荣贵,白手起家,晚年隆昌荣贵之字。

妣:义利分明,秀气灵巧,勤俭起家,中年隆昌,荣华之字。

亨:多才伶俐,晚婚,中年虽劳,成功隆昌,幸福清闲之字。

冷:不祥之字,暗淡无光,命途多灾,中年劳累。

吞:口快心直,欠仁和饶舌之灾,中年多难,晚年吉祥之字。

贝:出外吉祥,多才巧智,中年隆昌,二子吉祥,二子吉祥,晚年劳神过度之字。

串:多愁多优,事劳无功,身弱多病或中年多灾,晚福之字。

别:刑偶伤子,晚婚吉,清雅伶俐,中年有离乱之厄,晚年安祥之字。

坑:优心劳神或事劳无功,一生多灾厄,难幸福或身弱多病之字。

好:秀气灵巧,清雅伶俐,福禄双收,荣贵隆昌,但欠子之字。

弄:多才巧智,有爱情厄,中年多灾厄或劳苦,晚年吉祥之字。

况:奔波劳苦,或病弱短寿,中年多灾厄,晚年子福吉祥之字。

努:多刑克,必刚果断,忌车怕水,中年多灾厄,难幸福之字。

坊:外观幸福,内心多优,有才能无运,中年多劳,晚运吉祥。

些:二子吉祥,多才巧智,清雅伶俐,中年劳累,晚年吉祥之字。

吹:忧心劳神或奔波劳苦,中年多灾厄,晚年子福之字。

歧:多愁善感,优心劳神,中年多灾厄或爱情厄,难幸福之字。

我:奔波劳苦,或忧心劳神,多才巧智,刑偶伤子,晚年吉样。

低:亲诚机敏,克己助人,中年有厄,晚年隆昌,荣幸之字。

坂:清雅多才,英敏伶俐,重情失败,晚年吉祥隆昌之字。

岑:福禄双收,多刑克之字,晚婚吉,中年劳苦,晚年昌盛。

材:智勇双全,清雅荣贵,官运旺,环境良好之字。

估:温和伶俐,多才巧智,中年多灾厄,晚年吉祥,荣幸之字。

妨:秀气灵巧,清雅伶俐,中年吉祥,晚年劳神多厄之字。

余:天生聪颖,名利有分,中年成功隆昌,晚年享福之字。

局:外观幸福,内心多忧,中年多灾,晚年吉祥,忌车厄之字。

形:刑克父母妻子,中年劳累,晚年隆昌之字。

声:名利双收,福禄永在,清雅荣贵,中年成功,双妻之字。

弟:英俊有气,出外吉祥,中年劳累或奔波,晚年隆昌之字。

忍:优心劳神身弱,中年吉祥,晚年多灾厄之字。

戒:优心劳神,事劳无功,有杀人被杀恶死凶亡之字。

佛:温和慈祥,清雅荣贵,中年成功隆昌,晚年劳神之字。

告:英俊多才,名利有分,中年奔波劳累,晚年隆昌荣幸之字。

127

人教新目标七年级英语教案

忙:病弱短寿,损丁破财或灾难不离身,一生多劫煞之字。

杆:性刚果断,忌车怕水,中年多灾厄,晚年隆昌之字。

彤:多才巧智,口快心直,清雅荣贵,中年平凡,晚年大吉昌,三子之字。

紊:英俊伶俐,克己助人,中年成功隆昌,清雅荣贵之字。

似:有才能,清雅荣贵,中年成功隆昌,出国之字。

辛:多才巧能,清雅荣贵,中年成功隆昌,晚年功神之字。

走:奔波劳苦,清雅伶俐,中年劳苦,晚年吉昌,双妻之字。

即:性刚果断或口快口直,中年多劳,晚年吉祥之字。

系:小心有爱情厄,秀气伶俐,多才聪颖,中年有灾,晚年吉祥。

含:福禄双收,名利有分,多才巧智,中年成功隆昌之字。

妥:清秀伶俐,多才温和秀气灵巧,中年成功隆昌,晚年倍加昌盛。

但:义利分明,多才多能,中年劳或奔波,晚年吉昌之字。

困:优心劳神或损丁破财,中年吉祥平凡,晚年劳神困苦之字。

卵:二子吉祥,清雅伶俐,肯作肯劳,勤俭持家,晚年幸福之字。

攻:奔波劳苦或百事苦劳,一生多灾或病弱,短寿之字。

却:刑偶伤子,天生聪明多才伶俐,中年迈功荣贵,女人多灾短寿之字。

忌:重情失败,优心劳神或身弱多厄,晚年子福之字。

八画:

升:智勇双全,一生清雅荣贵,幼年多灾,中年成功隆昌之字。

汔:口快心直,有再嫁之厄,中年劳累,重情失败,晚福之字。

沁:温和贤淑,有成人之美德,中年劳但吉祥,晚年劳神或多厄之字。

投:出外逢贵,但常有祸端,浮沉多厄或内心优,晚年吉祥。

沙:清秀伶俐,多才温和,中年成功隆昌,清闲幸福之字。

沅:出国之字,多才多能,秀雅英敏,中年成功隆昌。

抑:优心劳神或事劳无功,中年有不幸,晚年吉祥之字。

折:孤寡或孤独,多愁善感,中年多劳之字。

抗:忧心劳神,中年多灾,晚年吉昌之字。

技:优心劳神,少年千难,中年吉祥,但有灾厄,晚年吉祥之字。

扶:幼年辛苦,身瘦多才,中年奔波,晚年成功隆昌,女人克夫之字。、

沂:环境良好,温和伶俐,福禄双收,中年成功隆昌之字。

抄:优心劳神或爱情烦恼,中年劳苦或潦倒,晚年吉祥之字。

沐:义利分明,清雅伶俐,双妻之格,中年劳,晚年吉祥之字。

没:不祥之字,勤俭劳作一生,多灾厄之字。·

沃:幼年辛苦,多刑克,清雅伶俐,或秀气灵巧,但刑偶伤子之字。

128

人教新目标七年级英语教案

忱:优心劳神或奔波劳苦,怀才不遇,中年辛若,晚年吉祥之字。

狂:自我心过强,欠仁和,不祥多灾,或病弱短寿之字。

决:清秀灵巧,多才伶俐,中年吉祥,晚年劳神多厄之字。

两:夫妻和合福寿兴家,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌,一生幸福之字。

汶:天生聪颖,精明公正,秀气多才,出国之格,中年成功隆昌之字。

玖:理智,一生清雅荣贵,中年出外吉,成功隆昌之字认

快:天生聪颖,多才多能,中年劳,晚年吉昌,小心有爱情厄。

肋:刑克父母刑偶伤子,晚婚大吉,中年困苦,晚年子福之字。

协:刑偶欠子,清雅伶俐,中年劳累,晚年吉祥,隆昌之字。

牧:奔波劳苦,中一年多劳,晚年吉祥之字。

坦:英敏多才,学问丰富,清雅荣贵,成功隆昌之字。

坡:晚婚吉祥,多愁苦劳,病弱短寿或难幸福,破相之字。

坤:清雅伶俐,子多才多能,中年有灾厄,晚年吉祥幸福。

坪:理智,文雅秀气,中年有厄,或身闲心劳,晚年隆昌之字。

侗:一生清雅荣贵,中年劳或奔波,晚年吉昌之字。

佳:勤俭建业,家声可振,温和多才,中年成功,晚年劳神,欠子之字。

供:刑偶或欠子,多才伶俐,中年成功隆昌,晚年多劳之字,二字吉祥。

佻:有爱情烦恼,清雅秀气,中年有厄,晚年吉祥荣幸之字。

依:外观幸福,内心多优,刑偶伤子,中年多灾,晚年吉祥或短寿。

侔:性刚口快,有牢狱之厄,中年多灾,晚年吉祥之字。

侑:口快心直,出外吉祥,中年多灾厄,晚年隆昌,多才豪杰之字。

侃:怀才不遇,中年多灾厄,晚年吉祥之字。

估:福禄双收,温和伶俐,中年成功隆昌,环境良好,刑偶欠-子之字。

使:出外逢贵得财,温和贤淑,但优心劳神,上下敦睦,晚年吉祥之字。

佩:智勇双全,名利双收,清雅荣贵,女人有爱情烦恼,小心注意。

侈:温和伶俐,多智灵巧,中年劳神或奔波,晚年吉祥之字。

侍:一生多才清雅,中年有厄,晚年隆昌,欠子之字。

夜:忧心劳,中年吉祥,晚年多苦,子孙吉祥之字。

岱:智勇又全,武官大吉,福禄双收,温和有德,成功荣贵之字。

例:性刚口快,或多愁困苦,中年多劳或潦倒,晚年吉祥之字。

笙:精力旺盛,有双妻之格,名利有分,幸福之字。

往:一生清雅多才,勤俭励业,中年劳,但隆昌,晚年吉昌。

征:刑偶伤子,智勇双全,重情失败,成功隆昌精诚之字。

彼:晚婚吉祥,出外大吉,中年劳苦或多灾,晚年吉祥之字。

129

人教新目标七年级英语教案

林:一生平凡,清雅多才,肯作肯劳,重信义。晚年吉祥。

枝:刑偶伤子,多才清雅.中年吉祥,有意外之灾,晚年隆昌。

板:幼年多灾,少年千难,中年成功隆昌,环境良好,富贵二子之字。

忤:优心劳神,或事劳无功,中年多劳,晚年吉祥之字。

松:精明公正,智勇双全,一生清雅荣贵,成功隆昌,出国之格之字。

杯:清雅秀气,温和贤淑,一生清闲,中年隆昌,晚年吉祥之字。

析:口快心直,性刚果断,中年多灾,晚年吉祥幸福之字。

枚:奔波劳苦,有才能理智,中年重情失败,晚年吉祥之字。

杼:清雅多才,中年有灾厄,魄年吉祥,配硬命大吉。

妮:清雅伶俐,多才秀气,中年成功隆昌,环境良好,出国之字。

姐:温和贤淑,勤俭持家,福禄双收,名利有分,成功隆昌之字。

姗:多才巧智,清雅伶俐秀气,中年成功,晚年吉祥之字。

妹:有爱情烦恼,一生多才,劳苦,重信义,但多厄,晚年吉祥之字。

姑:温和慈祥,外祥内优,中年多灾或劳苦,晚年吉祥之字。

姓:多才巧智,‘清雅伶俐,中年隆昌,吉祥,环境良好,荣贵之字。了

宜:温秘姗淑,慈祥有德,中年成功隆昌,清雅荣贵,环境良好之字。

宗:英俊聪颖,清雅多才,福禄双收,成功隆昌,环境良好之字。、、

来:晚婚迟得子大吉,出外吉祥,中年多劳或牢狱,不幸之字。

秉:义利分明,名利双收,清雅荣贵,操守廉正,出国之字。

冈:性刚果断,或优心劳神,清雅多才,中年奔波劳苦,晚年吉祥之字。

到:清雅平凡,忌车怕水,中年小心多灾,晚年隆昌,二子吉祥之字。

社:清雅多才,勤俭励业,家声可振,晚年劳神。

周:聪明伶俐,多才多能,中年成功,晚年劳神之字。

穹:怀才不遇,或潦倒一生,性刚口快,中年多厄,晚年吉昌。

庚:一生安稳,天生聪颖多才伶俐,中年成功隆昌,环境良好。

长:口快心直,幼年多灾,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌,女人多夫之字。

受:优心劳神或病弱短寿,中年劳或多灾厄,晚年吉祥。

奄:优心劳神或事劳无功,口快心直,中年多灾,晚年隆昌之字。’

甭:多才巧智,秀气灵妙,清雅荣贵,中年成功隆昌之字。

命:多刑克,多能贤淑,苦中得甘,有刑偶伤子之厄,晚福之字。

享:晚婚吉祥多才,出外吉,清雅伶俐,中年劳,晚年隆昌。

易:子孙兴旺,多才巧智,勤俭白手起家,成功隆昌之字。

定:刑偶伤子,多才朴素温和慈祥,中年成功隆昌,晚年劳神多疾之字。

欣:清雅伶俐,多才巧智,中年奔波劳累,但成功隆昌之可靠之字。

130

人教新目标七年级英语教案

戽:一生多才多艺,中年奔波或劳苦,晚年隆昌荣幸之字。

虱:过房之字,幼年辛苦,中年隆昌,双妻之格,有短寿之厄。

事:多愁多优,事劳无功,一生清雅,晚年吉祥之字。

状:优心劳神或怀才不遇,中年多灾厄,晚年吉祥之福。

和:上下敦睦,妻贤子贵,中年劳累或疾病,晚年隆昌。

门:浮沉不定,一生多劳或困苦,中年多灾,晚年吉祥。

府:温和贤淑,清雅多才,中年成功隆昌,环境良好之字。

承:精明公正,多才多能,中年成功隆昌,环境良好之字。

居:多刑克,刑偶伤子,少年千难,中年吉祥隆昌,欠子之厄。

乖:多相克,多才多艺,雅气伶俐,中年吉祥,晚年劳神。

知:理智聪颖,多才灵巧,中年成功隆昌,官或财旺,清雅荣贵之字。

奉:刑克父母,或刑偶伤子,中年劳累或疾病,或潦倒,晚年成功隆昌之字。

始:刑偶伤子,秀气灵巧,中年多灾或潦倒,晚年吉祥之字。

东:多才巧智,义利分明,中年成功隆昌,刑偶晚婚吉祥之字。,

昀:天生聪颖,学识渊博,清雅荣贵,成功隆昌,名利双收。

肴:身弱多病,或口快性刚,晚婚吉祥,中年劳累,晚年吉祥。

昌:口快心直或性刚,忌车怕水,中年劳累,晚年成功隆昌,荣贵之字。

忠:性刚英雄豪杰,少年千难,中年劳累,晚年吉祥隆昌之字。

亚:精神公正,多才能干,中年成功隆昌,女人少年千难有不幸之字。

罔:幼年辛苦,少年千难,中年吉祥,晚年劳神,暗淡之字。

制:清雅伶俐,中年虽劳,苦中得甘,晚年吉祥之字。

卧:忧心劳神或事劳无功,中年多灾厄,晚年吉祥之字。

岳:清雅荣贵,一生福禄双收,中年劳,晚年吉祥之字。

宙:多才巧智,秀气伶俐,肯作肯劳,重信义,成功隆昌之字。

固:环境良好,福禄双收,名利有分,中年吉祥,晚年劳神。

明:多才巧智,清雅伶俐,中年多灾,或爱情厄,晚年吉祥二

其:天生聪颖,多才多能,二子吉祥,中年成功隆昌之字。

表:出外吉祥,温和诚实,中年劳累,刑偶或欠子,眺年吉祥。

非:清雅秀气,伶俐多才,义利分明,中年平凡,晚年吉祥。

免:刑偶欠子,出外吉祥,中年有灾厄,晚年吉祥,不幸之字。

乳:清雅伶俐,秀气灵巧,晚婚吉,中年隆昌,晚年劳神。

舍:飞福禄双收,名利有分,中年吉昌,环境良好荣贵之字。

青:口快性刚,中年吉祥隆昌,晚年优心劳神。

叔:多才巧智,清雅伶俐,出外吉祥,中年劳累,晚年吉祥。

131

人教新目标七年级英语教案

岩:身犯破灾,性刚口快,内心慈祥,出外吉祥,享福禄之字。

果:二子吉祥,清雅荣贵,中年多厄,晚年如意发达。

炎:口快心直,英雄豪爽,中年牢狱或病灾,常人难受之字。

岸:上下敦睦,诚恳待人,多才多艺,中年成功,晚年隆昌。

昔:刑偶伤子,晚婚迟得子大吉,清雅秀气,温和贤淑,幸福之字。

争:清雅多才,理智,一生清闲,中年成功隆昌之字。

季:秀气伶俐,温和贤淑,内心多优,晚婚吉祥,一生清雅干凡。

宛:秀气灵巧,多才伶俐,温和贤能,出外吉祥,一生英敏幸-福。

房:福禄双收,多才多能,中年劳苦,晚年吉祥。

取:刑偶欠子,出外逢贵得财,双妻命,中年劳累,晚年隆昌。

帑:优心劳神或事劳无功,中年多灾厄,晚年吉祥。

放:奔波劳苦或病弱短寿,或爱情厄,中年劳累,晚年吉祥。

旺:性刚口快,中年奔波,成功隆昌,环境良好之字。

于:优心劳神或多灾厄,晚婚大氰二子吉祥,中年隆昌,晚年劳神之字。

昏:晚婚迟得子,温和伶俐,秀雅多才,中年平凡,晚年隆昌。

卷:奔波劳苦,或优心劳神二子吉祥,中年多灾,晚年吉祥。

并:多才多能,义利分明,克己助人,中年成功隆昌,二子吉祥。

刷:性刚或怪性,晚婚吉祥,中年多灾厄,晚年子福。

帖:福禄有分,缘和四海,中年吉祥,晚年劳神多疾。

忽:优心劳神或刑偶伤子,中年多灾厄,晚年吉祥。

味:福禄双收,清荣多才,出外吉祥,贵人明现,成功隆昌,忌水火之字。.

幸:秀气伶俐,多才美雅,一生清闲,中年平凡,晚年幸福吉祥之字。

或:奔波劳苦,中年多灾,福禄有分,晚年吉祥。

斧:生在福家败亡,劳苦或奔波,中年潦倒,晚年吉祥。

协:刑偶或欠子,清雅多才,中年劳苦,晚年隆昌吉祥。

儿:奔波劳苦,清雅幸福,中年劳累,成功隆昌,晚年子孙隆昌之字。

店:名利双收,福禄有进,事业隆昌,清雅刑偶伤子。

昂:子孙兴旺,清雅荣贵,中年成功隆昌,出国之格。

枉:出外逢贵隆昌,中年隆昌,子孙兴旺,晚年劳神。

刺:身弱疾病,或潦倒一生,有才无能,中年劳晚年福。

咎:奔波劳苦,口才伶俐福禄有分,中年劳,晚年吉祥。

九画:

炫:清雅秀气,高贵伶俐,勤俭励业,成功隆昌荣贵之字。

拒:智能双全,福禄双收,性刚豪爽,中年劳晚年隆昌之字。

132

人教新目标七年级英语教案

拐:少年千难,忌车怕水,父母无缘,出外吉祥,晚年隆昌之字。

拙:多愁多优,事劳无功,一生中年苦劳,晚年吉祥之字。

拍:技术吉祥,肯作肯劳,重信义,中年多劳,晚年隆昌之字。

押:优心劳神或病弱短寿,或有牢狱之厄,一生难幸福之字。

抽:出外逢贵得财,中年吉祥,晚年子孙隆昌,双妻之字。

衩:多愁多优,刑偶伤子,中年多灾,出外吉祥,晚年隆昌。

油:刑偶或伤子,双妻之格,出外吉祥,中年劳累,晚年吉昌之字。

沛:性刚口快,清雅英俊,中年成功隆昌,英雄好汉之字。

河:英雄或英敏,多才多能,二子吉祥,中年劳累,晚年隆昌忌水之字。

泗:环境良好。清雅荣贵,福禄双收,中年劳累,晚年吉祥之字。

法:克偶欠攀一生清雅多才,中年成功隆昌,晚年吉祥之字。

治:清雅荣贵,多才多能,中年成功隆昌,女人薄幸多字,再嫁欠子。

泊:智勇双全,清雅荣贵,福寿兴家,中年成功隆昌之字。

况:奔波劳苦,或病弱短寿,中年多灾之字。

注:多能温和,重信义,中年多劳,晚年吉祥之字。

沿:福禄双收,名利有分,口快心直,贵人明现,晚年隆昌之字。

泳:克父伤子.幼年辛苦,早出社会,中年成功,隆昌荣幸之字。

泔:白手成家出外大吉,中年劳累,晚年成功隆昌荣贵之字。

泓:良善积德,克己助人,中年隆昌,环境良好,子孙兴旺之字。

混:多才巧智,天生聪颖,一生操守廉正,官格成功隆昌之字。

泱:秀气灵巧,清雅伶俐,中年吉祥,晚年子孙鼎盛之字。

招:晚婚大吉,忌车怕水,或多灾劳神,中年多厄,晚年吉祥字。

抱:一生平凡,身弱短寿有牢狱之危,中年多灾.晚年子福之字。

拘:暗淡无光,虽成功,难幸福,病弱短寿,多灾厄灾之字。

保:天生聪颖理智,中年成功隆昌,晚年忌车怕水之字。

便:福禄双收,出外吉祥,中年劳苦,成功隆昌,晚年吉祥但欠子。

侠:口快心直,英雄豪杰,中年多灾或事劳无功,晚年吉样。

俗:温和伶俐,福禄双收,清雅欠子,中年劳苦,晚年吉祥。

俄:自尊心强,讲意气,出外吉祥,中年多灾,晚年吉祥。

促:刑偶伤子,或有爱情厄,中年吉祥,晚年劳神。

俊:英敏之才,上下敦睦,中年成功隆昌,出外吉祥,名利双收。

侵:忧心劳神,奔波劳苦,晚年吉祥之字。

系:刑偶或欠子,一生清雅多才,晚婚吉祥,中年隆昌。

俱:二子吉祥,多才伶俐,中年劳或奔波,晚年吉祥。

133

人教新目标七年级英语教案

待:秀气伶俐,多才雅气,中年劳神,晚年吉祥。

衍:一生清雅,多才巧智,中年劳苦,晚年隆昌,名利双收。

后:出外逢贵得财,刑偶欠子,有破相之厄,福禄双收之字。

律:秀气伶俐,理智聪颖,中年有爱情厄,晚年隆昌。

侣:福禄双收,名利有分,中年平凡,晚年吉祥,二子兴旺。

侯:清雅多才,理智聪颖,中年平凡,晚年吉祥。

怪:忧心劳神或病弱短寿,多灾厄难幸福,刑偶伤子。

性:幼年多灾,中年成功隆昌,环境良好,温和贤淑,老运劳神多疾。

玩:出外吉祥,幼年辛苦,中年成功隆昌,晚年优心劳神。

玫:多才多智,天生聪颖,中年成功隆昌,清雅荣贵出国之字。

抛:生在福家败散,幼年辛苦,中年奔波多灾,晚年吉祥子福之字。

炳:兄弟无缘,清雅荣贵,中年成功隆昌,环境良好,医界大吉之字、。

芒:一贫如洗或病弱短寿,中年多灾厄,晚年吉祥。

衫:三子吉祥,一生清雅平凡,中年吉祥,晚年劳神。

咨:福禄双收,清雅荣贵,中年成功隆昌,晚年倍加昌盛。

染:一生清雅平凡,多才巧智,中年成功或隆昌,晚年劳神。

柘:刑克父母,多才多能,怀才不遇,中年多劳,晚年成功隆舀之字。

柑:有爱情烦恼或身瘦多疾,中年吉祥,晚年劳神克偶伤子。

柚:福禄双收,名利有分,中年奔波吉祥,晚年劳神多疾。

柄:多才巧智,环境良好,清雅荣贵,中年成功隆昌。

柯:清雅伶俐,智勇双全福禄有分,中年平凡,晚年吉昌。

柏:清雅荣贵,多才温和,中年成功隆昌,英俊幸福。

柿:忌车怕水,清秀多才,中年有灾厄,晚年吉祥。

相:有才能理智,刑偶伤子,双妻之格,中年成功隆昌。

柳:温和贤淑,秀气多才多清重恩,中年成功自成家业。

昆:勤俭建业,家声可振,中年劳苦,成功隆昌,白手起家。

秋:多才巧智,清雅荣贵,中年成功隆昌,女人虚荣或爱情厄,晚吉祥。

秒:刑克父母或刑偶伤子,贵人明现,中年劳,晚年吉祥。

科:多才美俊,清雅荣贵,中年成功隆昌,出外吉祥幸福。

纪:智勇双全,义利分明,克己助人,中年奔波或劳累,晚年吉祥之字。

红:克父命,多才巧智,清雅荣贵,中年劳苦,晚年吉祥。

约:多才巧智,清雅荣贵,中年成功隆昌,女人注意有爱情厄,教育界吉。’

纠:有爱情烦恼,或忧心劳神,身弱多病,晚年吉祥。

祈,口快性刚克父命,多才巧智,中年潦倒,晚年吉祥环境良好,伤子之字。

134

人教新目标七年级英语教案

灾:孤寡薄幸或身弱短寿,中年多灾厄,晚年吉祥。

祉:一生清雅英敏,多才雅量,中年平凡,晚年隆昌。

贤:二子吉祥,多才巧智,中年平凡,晚年吉祥,但短寿之字。

斫:多刑克,损丁破财或病弱短寿,或困苦一生,终生不幸。

是:清雅秀气,多才温和,身瘦勤俭,中年吉祥,晚年多疾。

皆:晚婚迟得子大吉,出外吉祥,中年劳苦,晚年吉祥。

怡:刑偶伤子,清雅秀气温和贤淑,中年有厄,晚年吉

封:外观幸福,内心多优,清雅平凡,一生少乐多忧.晚年吉祥之字。

重:清雅荣贵,家声可振,安享尊荣,成功隆昌富贵双全。

牲:性刚果断或口快心直,中年劳苦,或有灾.晚年吉祥。

负:带刀厄,多相克,清雅多才,二字吉祥,晚年安祥。

城:多才巧智,清雅温和,中年成功或隆昌,晚年忧心劳神。

映:智勇双全,聪敏,中年成功隆昌,一生安祥。

首:优心劳神或事劳无功.二子吉祥,中年多灾,晚年吉祥。

贞:秀气伶俐,温和贤淑,中年成功隆昌,二子吉祥荣贵之字。

则:精明公正,克已助人,中年成功隆昌,一生荣贵亨福。

威:口快性刚,智勇双全,中年劳或奔波,晚年成功隆昌。

飞:英雄豪杰,义利分明智勇双全,忌车怕水。

柬:优飞劳神,刑偶伤子,中年吉祥,晚年劳神多疾病。

扁:一生聪明伶俐,心直口快,中年平凡,晚年吉祥,女人多灾厄,病弱多短寿。

哉:学识渊博,操守廉正,中年成功隆昌,出国之字。

泉:英俊佳人,温和多才,清雅荣贵,中年成功,双妻,晚年劳神。

昭:刑偶或欠子,清雅多才,智勇双全,官运旺,晚年吉昌,多才荣贵。

前:出外逢贵成功,中年多灾潦倒,晚年吉祥隆昌。

敕:刑克父母,孤独奔波,中年多灾厄,晚年吉祥。

赴:保守之格,一生清雅平凡,中年劳苦,晚年吉祥,子孙隆昌之字。

厚:温和贤淑,一生清雅荣贵,中年成功隆昌,安富尊荣。

亮:义利分明,多才能干,小心有爱情厄,成功隆昌,女人薄幸难幸福。

耐:优心劳神或事劳无功,清雅多才,中年劳辛。晚年吉祥。

某:多才巧智,清雅荣贵,中年成功隆昌,二子吉祥,女人不幸再嫁之字。

勇:晚婚吉祥,多才贤能,中年多劳,晚年吉祥,忌车怕水。

帝:英雅多才,福禄双收,英俊佳人,中年吉祥,荣贵隆昌。

军:义利分明,智勇双全,中年劳或奔波,成功隆昌。

胤:清雅荣贵,福寿绵长,学识丰富,成功隆昌。

135

人教新目标七年级英语教案

省:刑偶伤子或性刚多灾,中年劳苦,晚年吉祥,女人薄幸多灾。

彦:操守廉正,名利双收,官运旺,成功隆昌。

麦:忧心劳神,有爱情烦恼,晚年子福。

饰:聪明伶俐,中年成功隆昌,晚年优心劳神。

契:带刀厄,刑偶伤子或体弱多病,中年多灾厄,晚年吉祥。

妍:多才巧智,清雅伶俐,刑偶伤子,中年多灾,晚年吉祥,忌车怕水之字。

思:有才能理智,勤俭励业,家声可振,名利双收,晚年劳神。

昱:清雅荣贵,温和贤能,中年成功隆昌,出国之格。

香:身弱多灾或忧心劳神,中年灾厄.晚年吉祥之字。

美:清雅秀气,多才贤能,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌,清秀之字。

姬:和年千难,有爱情厄,中年多劳,晚年吉祥隆昌。

风:身弱多疾或奔波劳苦,中年吉祥,晚年劳神或中年劳,晚年福之字。

昶:子孙兴旺,多才巧智,中年成功隆昌,晚年劳神。

版:一生奔波劳苦,或身弱短寿,有不幸之灾,或牢狱之厄。

音:晚婚迟得子大右,出外吉祥,中年劳或奔波,晚年吉祥,双妻之格。

帅:刑克父母或性刚果断,中年成功隆昌,晚年劳神。

宣:知识渊博,智勇双全,清雅荣贵,中年成功隆昌;官旺之字。

要:性刚或口快,清雅伶俐,中年吉祥,晚年劳神。

叙:精明公正,雅量多才,出外吉祥,成功隆昌,荣贵之字。

既:出外逢贵得财,多才能干,中年劳累,晚年吉祥。

羿:操守廉正,勤俭忠诚,中年吉祥,忌车怕水汝人有爱情厄。

页:二子吉祥,义利分明,中年成功隆昌,清雅荣贵。

俞:一生清闲,理智聪颖.中年吉祥,晚年昌隆。

宠:清雅多才,秀气荣贵,中年吉祥,女人刑偶伤子。

南:忧心劳神,中年多劳,晚年吉祥隆昌。

春:清雅伶俐,少乐多忧,出外大吉,中年有灾厄,荣贵欠子,劳神之字。

计:口才伶俐,多才贤能,中年吉祥,刑偶伤子,晚年劳神多疾之字。

亲:意志坚,抱负大,但怀才不遇,中年多劳,晚年吉祥。

禹:刑克父母,天生聪明有才,晚年吉祥。

禺:清雅平凡,中年多劳,晚年吉祥。

星:有才干理智,清雅贤淑,有美德雅量,中年劳,晚年隆昌。

轨:教育界大吉,温和贤淑,有美德雅量,中年辛苦,晚年隆昌。

亭:多才巧智,清雅伶俐,小心爱情厄,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌。

品:性刚,秀气多才,温和伶俐,福禄双收,中年隆昌荣之字。

136

人教新目标七年级英语教案

建:出外吉祥,兄弟不和,中年成功隆昌,环境良好。

盾:中年劳苦,晚年隆昌。

盈:薄幸多灾,或爱情厄,晚年吉祥。

癸,刑偶伤子,多才清雅,中年劳苦,官运成功隆昌。

观:口快心直,沉静清秀,中年劳苦,晚年吉祥。

政;英敏多才,出外吉祥,中年成功或隆昌,但有厄,晚年劳神之字。

食:奔波劳苦,口快性刚或中年多灾,晚年劳神。

冠:一生清雅秀气,幼年受苦,中年开泰吉祥,出外隆昌。

型:优心劳神,中年多灾厄,晚年吉祥。

垣:义利分明,性朴素,温和贤淑,中年成功隆昌。

囿:官或财旺,一生福禄双收,中年吉祥隆昌,清荣享福。

客:福禄双收,清雅伶俐,中年多劳,晚年吉祥。

罡:精明公正,义利分明,重义气,清雅荣贵,官旺成功隆昌。

拜:天生聪明,多才伶俐,晚婚吉祥,重情失败,晚年吉祥。

段:奔波劳苦,或性刚果断,中年潦倒,晚年吉祥。

炬:多才有能,官运旺盛,刑偶或伤子,一生清雅荣贵。

奏:有爱情厄,多才巧智,清雅伶俐,中年成功隆昌。

歪:优心劳神或常有祸端,中年多灾厄,一生难幸福或短

姝:消雅秀气,多才巧智,中年成功隆昌,荣贵贤淑。

屋:多愁多忧,晚婚迟见子,中年吉祥,晚年劳神。

砂:命硬多刑克,晚婚吉祥,中年劳,晚年吉祥。

哄:福禄双收,二子吉祥,中年辛劳,成功隆昌之字。

巷:忧心劳神,一生劳苦多灾,晚婚吉,中年劳,晚年吉祥。

架:刑克父母或身弱多厄,有才能,晚年吉祥。

盼:清雅伶俐,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌环境良好。

姣:秀气多才,清雅温和,小心有爱情厄,中年成功隆昌。

界:克父命,兄弟无靠,英敏伶俐,温和贤淑,二子吉祥。

劲:刑克父母,中年多劳,晚年隆昌。

姜:多才巧智,清雅温和,中年劳,晚年吉椒

度:出外吉祥,中年奔波劳苦,晚年成功隆昌。

姹:温和贤淑,清雅伶俐一,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌。

勃:怀才不遇,中年劳,晚年隆昌。

查:刑偶欠子,多才巧智,清雅伶俐,中年劳晚年吉祥。

柔:出外吉祥,福禄双收,中年成功隆昌晚年幸福。

137

人教新目标七年级英语教案

炭:多才巧智,性刚口快,晚婚吉祥,中年劳,晚年吉祥。

眇:有爱情烦恼,或身弱多厄,中、晚年劳神。

畏:忧心劳神或事劳无功,一生多灾厄,晚年吉祥。

咸:清雅伶俐,中年吉祥,身闲心苦。

施:一生多福少劳,福禄丰厚,中年吉祥,晚年劳神。

差:清雅平凡,中年劳或奔波,晚年吉祥。

故:出外吉祥,清雅多才,刑偶伤子,中年劳或有灾,晚年吉祥之字。

竿:性刚果断,有牢狱之厄,中年多灾,晚年吉祥。

看:清雅伶俐,秀气多才,中年吉祥,晚年劳神多疾。

奎:一生福禄,智勇双全,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌。

姿:秀气灵巧,贤能晓事,温和伶俐,成功隆昌幸福。

昨:一生劳苦,孤独性格,中年多灾,老而得荣。

眉:温和贤淑,清雅秀气,小心爱情厄,中年成功隆昌。

急:优心劳神或事劳无功,中年多灾,晚年吉祥。

室:一生向上,贵人明现,多福多才,中年成功隆昌。

甚:口快心直,中年吉祥,晚年劳神。

皇:英琢之才,有人缘,中年劳或奔波,晚年吉祥。

姻:有爱情厄,清雅伶俐,多才,中年平凡,晚年吉祥。

突:自尊心强,欠仁和或怀才不遇,中年劳灾,晚年吉祥。

韧:奔波劳苦,或有爱情烦恼,中年多灾,晚年吉祥。

订:清雅英俊,多才伶俐,万事如意,晚年吉祥。

耶:百事劳苦,性刚口快,中年平凡,晚年吉祥。

虹:晚婚大吉,清雅多才,中年成功隆昌,出国之格。

革:性刚口快,多才清雅,中年吉昌,晚年劳神。

十画:

玳:清雅伶俐,出外吉祥,中年平凡,晚年隆昌,一生多福。

珀:学识丰富,温和贤能,英俊才人,成功隆昌,忌车怕水,女人有爱情厄。

珈:一生多福,福禄双收,中年成功隆昌,环境良好。

修:英秀伶俐,温和贤能,上下和睦,中年成功,晚年隆昌。

倪:出外吉祥,多才巧智,清雅伶俐,出国之字,成功隆昌,孤独格。

伦:学识渊搏,官运旺盛,安富尊贵,出国之字,成功隆昌,孤独格。

情:刑偶欠子或身弱多优,一生清雅,中年吉祥,晚年劳神。

倍:天生聪颖,福禄双收,名利有分,中年成功隆昌,出国之格。

138

人教新目标七年级英语教案

倚:福禄双收,中年有灾厄或爱情厄,晚福。

侯:中年劳苦,晚年吉祥。

借:温和贤能,多才伶俐,中年劳累,成功隆昌,迟见子吉祥。

悼:怀才不遇,出外吉祥,晚年吉祥。

俯:清雅伶俐,中年吉祥,晚年劳神,环境良好。

个:智勇双全,义利分明,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌,但劳神。

值:义利分明,名利双收,温和贤能,成功隆昌,环境良好。

珊:秀气伶俐,多才巧智,中年成功隆昌,出国之字。

洋:多能多才,中年吉祥,女人薄幸欠子。

洒:多才巧智,英俊佳人,中年成功隆昌,出国之格,荣贵之字。

津:理智聪颖,晚婚吉祥,中年吉祥隆昌。

洗:出外吉祥,清雅多才中年多劳,晚年隆昌。

洛:天性聪颖,多才巧智,中年成功吉祥,出国之字。

派:性刚英雄豪爽,出外逢贵,中年劳累,晚年隆昌。

洲:克父命,刑偶欠子,中年奔波劳苦,或身有暗病,晚年隆昌,双妻之字。,

活:福禄双收,中年成功,晚年劳神。

洽:福禄双收,多才伶俐,中年成功隆昌,双妻之格,名利之字。

洪:一生清雅,温和伶俐,中年辛苦,晚年隆昌。

芯:有爱情厄,秀气伶俐,多才瘟和,晚婚荣贵吉祥。

芙:清雅伶俐,中年劳苦,晚年吉祥,环境良好。

芳:英敏雅气,多才温和,出外吉祥,荣贵隆昌,环境良好。

芝:温和贤淑,多才多能,中年成功隆昌,环境良好。

芷:英雄豪爽,多才巧智,缘和四海,出外成功,清雅荣幸之字。

芬:幼年辛苦,少年千难,中年吉祥,清雅伶俐之字。

芸:温和贤淑,多才能干,中年成功隆昌,清雅荣贵,出国之字。

花:虚荣心强,或有爱情厄,中年吉祥,晚年劳神或疾病。

肪:清雅秀气,温和贤淑,中年成功隆昌,环境良好。

肩:刑偶伤子,或忧心劳神,中年劳或身弱,晚年吉祥。

育:精明公正,义利分明英俊才人,清雅荣贵,中年成功隆昌。

玲:清秀灵巧,多才多能,中年成功隆昌,但有爱情厄,出国之字。

恢:一生清雅平凡,有口舌之厄,晚年吉祥。

兼:英敏之才,特有人缘,上下敦睦,中年劳,晚年隆昌。

珍:口快多才,兄弟无靠,中年成功隆昌,女人孤独。

徐:一生清雅荣贵,多才巧智,中年成功隆昌,晚年劳神。

139

人教新目标七年级英语教案

径:有爱情厄,或刑偶伤子,或身弱多灾,中年劳,晚年吉祥。

徒:优心劳神或事劳无功,中年多灾,晚年吉祥。

核:奔波劳苦,或多愁少乐,中年多灾,晚年吉祥。

桂:清雅伶俐,中年吉祥,成功隆昌。

格:一生多福少劳,清雅伶俐,中年吉祥,晚年劳神。

栖:多才巧智一,清雅荣贵,中年有灾厄,晚年成功隆昌。

根:英敏之才,有人缘,上下敦睦,中年劳,晚年吉祥,与父母无缘。

桃:刑偶欠子或有爱情厄,秀气多才,中年平凡,晚年吉祥。

桓:一生安富,多广廉正,中年成功隆昌,出国享福之字。

校:暗路长行,出外吉祥,中年有灾厄,晚年吉祥。

桐:双妻之格,中年劳,晚年隆昌,荣华之字。

株:贤能温和,中年有灾厄或病疾。二子吉祥。

栓:多才巧智,清雅性刚,中年劳,晚年吉祥:

秩:优心劳神,中年吉祥,晚年多疾病。

秘:一生向上,智勇双全勤俭健业家声可振,成功隆昌。

秤:教育界大吉,一生清雅平凡,名利双收,女人爱情厄。

娣:清雅多才,英敏伶俐,福译双收,荣贵成功隆昌,出国之字。

娥:天生聪颖,一生清雅伶俐,自尊心强,中年吉祥,晚年劳神之字。

娜:阿娜多姿,秀气伶俐,晚婚吉祥,小心爱情厄,晚年隆昌。

娘:温和贤能,肯作肯劳,勤俭持家,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌。

娟:有爱情厄,或事劳无功,中年有灾厄,晚年吉祥之字。

祖:清雅荣贵,官格之字,中年吉祥隆昌,晚年劳神。

晃:出处逢贵得利,智勇双全,官运旺,中年成功隆昌,出国之字。

容:福禄双收,多才伶俐,二子吉祥,中年隆昌,晚年清闲。

丞:理智、天生聪颖,中年成功隆昌,子孙兴旺,出国之字。

致:清雅荣贵,理智荣贵,中年奔波成功,晚年吉祥。

耿:一生清雅,缘和四海,中年劳或潦倒,晚年吉祥。

家:出外吉祥,多才巧智清雅伶俐,忌车怕水,晚年吉祥。

起:优心劳神,中年多灾厄,或困苦,晚年吉祥。

恬:口快心直,或性刚果断,晚婚大吉,中年吉祥,老年多疾。

恨:优心劳神或事劳无功或有爱情厄,中年吉祥,晚年劳神。

恒:一年多福,清雅荣贵多才能干,中年成功隆昌,欠子之字。

高:一生清雅,福禄双收,中年劳苦,晚年吉祥。

恣:一生多福少劳,清雅多才,中年吉祥,晚年劳神。

140

人教新目标七年级英语教案

准:多才巧智,清雅伶俐,二子吉祥,中年成功隆昌。

纯:有爱情烦恼或优心劳神,清雅伶俐,或身弱多疾,晚年福之字。

纹:刑偶欠子,肯作肯劳,重信义,再嫁之厄,晚年隆昌。

纺:肯作肯劳,重信义,中年吉祥,子孙鼎盛,晚年隆昌。

纳:刑偶伤子,或有弱多疾,中年有灾厄,晚年吉祥。

纸:优心劳神或事劳无功,中年劳苦,晚年吉祥多疾。

财:优心劳神,事劳无功,忌车怕水,中年吉,晚年多灾厄。

耘:天生聪明多才巧智,中年吉祥,晚年劳神。

益:身弱或清雅伶俐,中年有灾,晚年吉祥,克父之字。

轩:清秀灵巧,多才伶俐中年吉祥隆昌。

师:刑克父母,少年千难,中年多灾或潦倒,晚年吉祥。

夏:出外吉祥,有爱情厄,中年劳,晚年吉祥。

仓:福禄双收,清雅伶俐,晚婚吉祥,中年劳,晚年吉祥。

载:子孙兴旺,清雅伶俐,多才荣贵,中年成功隆昌,出国之字。

钊:带刀厄,礼诚待人安稳守已,中年劳苦,晚年隆昌。

带:身犯破或身弱多疾,中年爱情烦恼,再嫁守寡,晚年吉祥。

恭:幼年辛苦,或身有暗病,中年吉祥,晚年劳神多灾。

圃:精明公正,智勇双全,一生清雅荣贵,成功隆昌。

库:安稳守已,温和伶俐,中年有灾厄,晚年吉祥。

宫:智勇双全,福禄双收,义利分明,二子吉祥,晚年隆时,劳神。

训:一生清雅平凡,晚婚大吉双妻之格,多灾之字。

峰:天生聪颖,多才巧智,中年奔波,晚年吉祥。

恩:清雅伶俐,多才多能,中年吉祥,晚年劳神。

眠:一生清雅,多才巧智,温和贤能,中年劳,晚年吉祥。

原:清雅荣贵,多才巧智,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌。

殷:出外吉祥,清雅多才,中年劳或奔波,晚年隆昌。

岂:英敏伶俐,多才巧智,清雅荣贵,中年吉祥,出国字。

托:义利分明,清雅多才,中年劳或奔波,晚年吉祥隆昌。

晁:天生聪颖,智勇双全,中年成功隆昌,出国之字。

马:清雅荣贵多伶俐,中年劳或奔波,晚年吉祥。

展:多才贤能,聪明伶俐,中年成功隆昌,出国之字。

宴:子孙兴旺,秀气多才,中年劳,或有灾,晚年吉祥。

桑:优心劳神或事劳无功,中年有灾厄,晚年劳神。

峨:口快心直或身瘦多厄,中年劳,晚年成功隆昌,出国之字。

141

人教新目标七年级英语教案

座:清雅温和,多才伶俐,中年多灾或奔波,晚年吉祥。

息:优心劳神或刑偶伤子,中年劳或潦倒,晚年吉祥。

泰:多才巧智,清雅荣贵,中年成功隆昌,晚年倍加昌盛。

气:有爱情厄或不幸而离乱,中年多灾厄,晚年吉祥。

栽:多才伶俐,清雅荣贵,中年成功隆昌,晚年劳神多灾。

真:清雅多才,温和伶俐,中年成功隆昌,荣贵清闲二子吉祥。

神:精雅英敏,多才巧智,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌。

罡:智勇双全,义利分明,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌,武将大吉。

缺:多愁多劳,或事劳无功,中年多灾厄,晚年子福吉祥。

笑:刑偶伤子,少年千难,中年吉祥有个性,晚年劳神。

席:聪明伶俐,清雅多才,中年有灾厄,晚年吉祥,忌环境良好。

效:出处逢贵得财,少年千难,中年有灾,晚年吉祥,忌车怕水。

案:优心劳神或事劳无功,一生困苦,多灾厄雄幸福。

畔:刑偶伤子,或奔波劳苦,中年吉祥,晚年劳神多疾。

埋:有爱情厄或优心劳神,怀才不遇,中年多灾,晚年吉祥。

峡:不祥多灾厄,病弱短寿,或贫如洗,一生难幸福。

笈:出外逢贵,清雅伶俐,中年多灾,或事劳无功,晚年吉祥。

旁:优心劳神,或事劳无功,中年劳苦,晚年吉祥。

烘:性刚果断,多才能干,中年吉祥,晚年劳神。

晋:清雅荣贵,多才多能,欠子或迟得子,成功隆昌。

特:口快心直,刑偶伤子,中年吉祥,晚年多军,忌车怕水。

索:有爱情烦恼,中年劳心,晚年幸福。

朕:刑偶伤子或出外吉祥,中年劳,晚年隆昌,劳神。

栗:有爱情厄,一生清雅伶俐,中年多灾,晚年吉祥。

祠:多才巧智,清雅荣贵,智勇双全,中年成功隆昌幸福之字。

骨:不祥之字,病弱短寿或困苦,一生多灾厄之字。

酌:一生清雅伶俐,多才巧智,中年劳,晚年吉祥,福禄之字。

钉:一多刑克,性刚口快,中年困苦潦倒,命途多灾难。

华:秀气巧妙,少年千难,中年吉祥,先苦后一甘,晚气隆昌。

勉:多愁多优或刑偶伤子,或有爱情烦恼,多灾厄,难幸福之字。

峰:多才巧智,清雅伶俐,中年劳累,晚年隆昌吉祥荣贵。

持:刑偶伤子,天生聪明涛雅伶俐,中年,晚年吉祥。

指:晚婚吉祥、优心劳神或身弱多劳,晚年吉祥。

括:清雅平凡,福禄双收,晚婚迟得子吉,中年多灾,晚年吉祥。

142

人教新目标七年级英语教案

拾:福禄双收,多才贤能,清雅荣贵,成功隆昌,环境良好。

闪:上下和睦,温和多才,中年吉祥,环境良好清雅享福。

航:温和贤淑,一生清雅平凡,中年劳苦,晚年隆昌。

害:忌车怕水,福禄双收,刑偶欠子,中年劳置,晚年吉祥。

秦:清秀灵巧,多才巧智,中年成功隆昌,出国之字。

留:肯作肯劳,重信义,温和有德,中年吉祥,晚年荣贵。

针:刑偶伤子.,晚婚迟得子大吉,中年多灾,晚年吉祥。

翁:多才多能,温和伶俐,中年苦中甘,晚年吉祥。

袁:出外吉祥,多才,中年劳苦,晚年隆昌。

讨:口快心刚,出外吉祥,中年劳,晚年吉祥。

讪:一生清雅多才,兄弟无缘,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌环境良好。

盎:出外吉祥,中年辛苦,晚年吉祥。

虔:忧心劳神,中年多灾厄,晚年吉祥。

蚊:清雅伶俐,肯作肯劳,重信义,中年离乱,晚年吉祥。

豹:中年吉祥,多才伶俐,中年劳,晚年吉祥,武将吉。

贡:中年吉祥,晚年劳神多疾。

配:优心劳神,二子吉祥,中年劳苦,晚年吉祥。

釜:一生福禄双收,名利有分,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌,环境良好。

十一画:

帐:过房之格,一生清雅多才,中年劳,晚年吉祥。

迎:奔波劳苦,或优心劳神,晚年子福。

近:奔波劳苦,多才巧智,清雅伶俐,中年劳,晚年隆昌。

旌:英俊佳人,上下敦睦,温和慈祥,成功隆昌,环境良好。

苑:秀气英敏,义利分明,贵人明现,中年成功隆昌,享福之字。

茂:刑偶伤子,双妻之格,清雅多才,中年劳累,晚年隆昌。

英:天生聪明,气度恢宏,中年成功隆昌,小心爱情厄,出国之格。

苗:秀气灵巧,俏雅贤淑,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌。

若:福禄双收,孤独格,中年辛苦,晚年吉祥。

苡:多才秀雅,上下敦睦,中年成功隆昌,出国之字。

袍:出外逢贵得财,中年多灾厄,身弱短寿,晚年吉祥。

猛:雄壮厚重,少年千难,中年成功隆昌,子孙兴旺。

斌:多才伶俐,清雅荣贵,中年吉祥,成功隆昌,忌车怕水。

仑:克夭之字,清雅多才,中年有离乱之厄。晚年吉祥。

救:出外吉祥,晚婚迟见子吉,中年隆昌,晚年吉祥。

143

人教新目标七年级英语教案

珠:有爱情烦恼或体弱多病,多灾厄,晚年吉祥。

班:温和贤能,怀才不遇,中年辛苦,晚年吉祥。

胞:身弱多厄,清雅伶俐,中年劳累,晚年吉祥。

背:优心劳神,或身弱多厄,晚年吉祥。

胡:多才巧智,清雅伶俐,中年辛劳,成功隆昌,晚年吉祥。

胎:清雅伶俐,多才贤能,中年吉祥,成功隆昌欠子之字。

胖:优心劳神,晚年吉祥。

屏:多才清雅,荣贵安富,成功隆昌,出国之字,小心爱情厄。

袖:出外大吉,勤俭持家,清雅伶俐,中年平凡,晚年吉祥。

悦:清雅吉祥,多才巧智,出外吉祥,劳心、成功隆昌。

佛:天生聪颖,智勇双全,中年成功,清雅荣贵,出国之格。

悟:性刚口快,豪爽伶俐,福禄双收,名利有分,成功隆昌。

那:清雅伶俐,秀气巧智,中年成功隆昌,晚年劳神之字。

邦:孤独格,兄弟无缘,英敏巧智中年隆昌,晚年劳神。

流:晚婚迟见子,贵人明现,中年奔波,晚年荣幸。

浩:学识丰富,清雅荣贵,福禄双收,官运旺、成功隆昌。

浦:勤俭建业,家声可振,中年有灾厄,出国吉祥。

海:优心劳神,多才清雅,中年吉祥,晚年劳神多病疾。

浚:英敏多才,清雅荣贵,中年成功,出国富贵之字。

浴:福禄双收,义利分明,中年吉祥,双妻之格,晚年劳神。

浪:性刚果断,奔波劳苦,晚婚吉祥,中年多劳,晚年吉祥。

消:暗淡无光,或优心劳神,或刑偶伤子,中年劳,晚年吉祥。

浮:虚荣心强,清雅伶俄、中年多劳或有灾,晚年子福。

酒:身弱短寿,或多优少乐,中年多灾厄,晚年吉祥。

研:刑克父母,或刑偶伤子,中年劳。

趁:秀气多才,温和贤椒,小心有情厄,中年有灾,晚年吉祥,出外之字。

规:理智聪明,性刚口快,一生清雅,中年劳,晚年吉祥。

振:清雅多才,温和贤淑,双妻之格,中年成功隆昌,二子吉祥之字。

细:智勇双全,清雅伶俐,中年成功隆昌,环境良好,有爱情厄。

组:福禄双收,清雅荣贵,中年劳,晚年吉祥。

绍:义利分明,智勇双全,刑偶欠子,官旺、晚年隆昌。

朗:天生聪明,上卞和睦,多才巧智,中年成功,隆昌幸福之字。

培:勤俭建业,中年吉祥,出国之字,名利双收,官旺。

顷:有厄小心.中年劳,晚年吉祥隆昌。

144

人教新目标七年级英语教案

偕:出外吉祥,晚婚或迟见了吉,中年劳,晚年吉祥福禄之字。

侦:福禄双收,二子吉祥,清雅荣贵,中年成功隆昌。

条:英俊佳人,清雅多才,中年成功隆昌,环境良好。

偏:口快性刚,清雅多才,中年吉祥,晚年劳神之字。

得:晚婚或迟得子大吉,中年多劳或有官厄,晚年吉祥。

从:离祖成功,清雅多才,中年成功隆昌,环境良好,福寿兴家之字。

御:秀气伶俐,理智,贵人明现,但常人难受之字,武官吉。

偃:晚婚迟得子吉,中年劳,晚年吉祥。

伟:多才巧智,清雅伶俐,小心爱情厄,中年成功隆昌,晚年劳神。

货:优心劳神或事劳无功,中年劳累,晚年吉祥之字。

悠:清雅伶俐,多才巧智,中年劳累,但吉祥,晚年隆昌,劳神之字。

彬:清雅荣贵,多才能,智勇双全,有官格之字。

械:口快性刚,忌车怕水,晚年吉祥。

梓:一生清雅荣贵,智勇双全,官运旺,成功隆昌,环境良好,劳心之字。

梗:一生温和伶俐,中年辛劳,晚年吉祥之字。

梢:一生清雅多才,中年多劳,晚年吉祥,欠子之字。

梅:小心爱情厄,吉凶分明,吉则出国,成功隆昌,一不幸则多灾厄。

梧:清雅多才,义利分明,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌环境良好。

移:有爱情厄或刑偶伤子,命途多难,中年劳,晚年吉祥。

梯:一生清雅伶俐,理智,英雄豪杰,中年成功隆昌。

侧:重信义,一生清雅,中年多劳或奔波,晚年吉祥。

健:智勇双全,操守廉正,中年成功隆昌,清雅荣贵,出外大吉官旺之字。

婉:清雅秀气,有才能理智,中年成功隆昌,出国之格。

处:出外大吉,性格复杂,重信义,中年劳,晚年吉样。

婚:刑偶伤子,一生清雅多才伶俐,晚婚吉,中年劳累,晚年吉祥之字。

妇:秀气温和,暗淡之字,中年有灾厄或身弱,晚年吉祥。

匾:多才巧智,一生清雅贤能,中年隆昌,环境良好,荣幸之字。

烷:多才巧智,温和贤淑,中年吉祥,成功隆昌,晚年劳神。

祥:英俊伶俐,天生聪颖,晚年吉祥。

望:清雅荣贵,多才伶俐,官格旺,中年劳,晚年吉祥。

船:中年奔波,晚年吉祥。

常:机谋多变,心性易动,中年吉祥,晚年劳神多疾之字。

敏:有爱情厄,多才温和,清雅荣贵,出国之格,劳神之字。

曹:一生清难多才,晚婚大吉,中年劳累,晚年隆昌。

145

人教新目标七年级英语教案

峥:外观幸糖,内心多忧,一生清雅平凡,多才伶俐,成功吉祥。

岭:福寿兴家,福禄双收,清雅荣贵,官旺成功隆昌之字。

寅:一生清雅多才,保守之格,官旺吉祥,晚年劳神疾。

祟:英俊多才、,清雅荣贵,中年小心爱情厄,成功环境良好之字。

启:清雅荣贵,中年吉祥,出国之格,有身弱及短寿之字。

梨:清雅多才,中年有厄运,晚年吉昌,环境良好。

彩:清雅伶俐、多才巧智,中年平凡,晚年吉祥,双妻之格。

坚:清雅荣贵,智勇双全,中年成功隆昌,出国之格,宫运旺之字。

乾:清雅荣贵,长寿多才,克己助人,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌,女人刑偶伤子,晚婚吉。

副:多才巧智,内心多优,怀才不遇或中年劳,晚年隆昌。

最:智勇双全,教育界大吉,官运旺,中年吉祥,环境良好。

区:优心劳神或身弱多厄,中年多难,晚年吉祥。

唯:衣食丰足,肖雅肾能,福禄双收,成功隆昌幸福之字。

唱:一生身多病,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌。

凰:天生聪颖,清雅荣贵,中年成功隆昌,官运旺,荣富之字。

勘:中年吉祥,环境良好,晚年身闲心劳。

动:口快性直,有年劳,晚年吉祥。

商:福禄有进,名利有分,中年劳苦,晚年吉祥幸福。

问:福禄双收,多才伶俐,命硬,有破相之厄。

壶:有爱情厄,清秀伶俐,福禄双收,出直吉祥荣贵之字。

寂:温和贤淑,勤俭伶俐,名利双收,出外吉样荣贵之字。

犁:优心劳神,忌车怕水,中年劳苦,晚年吉样。

庶:勤俭建业,官运旺,晚年吉祥,清雅荣贵。

彤:三子吉祥,清雅多才,中年劳或奔波,成功隆昌,福分之字。

巢:早成功早失败之字,中年成功,晚年穷苦,一生保守则吉。

庵:忧心劳神,或事劳无功,中年多灾厄,晚年吉祥。

彪:智勇双全,清雅多才,中年劳,晚年吉祥,武官大吉。

尉:多才巧智,天生伶俐,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌,荣幸之字。

崔:一生清雅,理智,中年劳苦,或奔波,晚年吉祥。

既:清雅多才,理智充足,有爱情厄,双妻之格。

晤:清雅伶俐,多才多能,中年吉祥.,环境良好,名利双收。

圈:清雅荣贵,重信义,中年吉祥,环境良好。

解:性刚或口快,出外吉祥,中年隆昌,环境良好。

旋:才智出众,福禄双收,出外吉祥,晚年隆昌之字。

146

人教新目标七年级英语教案

戚:一生清雅多才,清闲享福,但中年多劳心,晚年吉祥。

斜:出外吉祥,贵人明现,中年多劳或多灾,晚年吉祥。

画:晚婚或迟得子大吉,秀气伶俐,中年劳,晚年吉祥。

顶:身弱短寿或刑偶欠子,中年劳苦,晚年吉祥。

鹿:秀气多才,清雅荣贵,爱情失败,中年劳,晚年吉祥。

毫:多才巧智.义利分明,清雅伶俐,中年劳,晚年吉祥。

梁:一生清雅,多分口性刚,中年奔波劳苦,晚年吉祥。

欲:奔波劳累,晚婚大吉,中年劳,晚年吉祥。

烽:多才巧智,温和贤能,工程界大吉,中年平凡,晚年成功隆昌之字。

爽:性格复杂,有能无运,中年吉祥,晚年劳神多疾。

晟:一生安详多才,子孙兴旺,中年吉祥,官运旺,出国之格。

略:义利分明,天生聪颖,福禄双收,成功隆时,环境良好。

窕:秀气伶俐,温和贤淑,小心爱情厄,出外吉祥,晚年吉祥。

产:幼年辛苦,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌,环境良好,清荣之字。

皎:少年秀气伶俐,中年多才,名利双收隆昌,晚年环境良好。

研:清雅多才,小心有爱情厄,中年晚年吉祥。

钓:学识丰富,操守廉正,官运旺,中年成功隆昌出国之字。

笠:刑偶伤子或病场马短寿,清秀多才,晚年吉祥。

粕:秀气端正,温和贤淑,夫妻相和,成功隆昌。

笛:清雅多才理智,中年吉祥,晚年荣贵之字。

粒:优心劳神或身弱短寿或离乱不幸之字。

翊:多才伶俐,清秀贤能英俊,官运好,中年成功,出国之字。

聊:一生清雅平凡,保守之格,中年劳,晚年吉祥。

符:清雅身弱,中年奔波劳苦,晚年吉祥。

羞;优心劳神或身弱多疾,中年多灾厄,晚年子福。

翌:小心有爱情厄,肖秀灵巧,多才,但中年多厄,晚年吉祥。

架:性刚果断或刑偶伤子,中年劳苦,晚年吉雀,劳神之字。

设:二生清雅多才,出外吉祥,有爱情厄。

钗:多才温和,清雅伶俐,中年劳或有爱情厄,晚年吉祥。

曼:理智充足,清雅荣贵,出国之格,中年成功隆昌。

责:智勇双全,一生清雅荣贵,二子吉祥成功隆昌环境良好。

馗:多才贤能,精明公正,中年平凡,晚年隆昌荣华之息。

闲:优心劳神多刑克,一生困苦潦倒,短寿之字。

野:一生清雅温和贤能,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌,劳神多疾。

147

人教新目标七年级英语教案

雀:身瘦秀气,小心爱情厄,中年吉祥,晚年劳神短寿之字。

被:口快性刚或事劳无功,或身弱短寿,不祥之字。

钒:英俊清秀,有爱情厄,中年劳苦,晚年吉祥隆昌。

软:一生清雅秀气,保守平凡,中年劳,苦中得甘,晚年吉祥。

聆:清雅秀气,多才贤能,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌,幸福之字。

羚:清雅荣贵伶俐,学识丰富,中年成功,官运旺,出国之字。

参:肯作肯劳,重信义,三子吉祥,出外吉,中年劳累,晚年吉祥。

紫:有爱情厄,秀气伶俐,中年吉祥,晚年劳神多疾或短寿。

康:一生清雅伶俐,多才多能,中年身弱或多灾,晚年吉祥。

将:小乐多优,环境良好,荣贵隆昌之字。

章:出外贵人明现,晚婚大吉一,双妻之格,中年劳,晚年吉样荣贵之字。

庸:义利分明,温和贤能,事业吉昌,环境良好,欠子之字。

翎:学识丰富,操守廉正,官运旺,清雅荣贵,出国之字。

许:一生清雅平凡,多才伶俐,中年务或奔波,晚年吉祥。

习:天生聪明,勤俭事业,成功隆昌,女人不幸多灾或短寿之字。

雪:薄幸之字,再嫁守寡,短寿,中年鬓央,晚年吉样。

国:多才巧智,清雅伶俐,忌车怕水,.救育界吉,成功隆昌,官旺之字。

专:清雅秀气,事劳无功,刑侠多灾,中年劳蔺晚年吉祥。

鱼:一生清滩多才,温和贤能,福锡双收奋币年务、晚年吉祥。

教:吉凶分明,吉则成功隆昌,环境良好,凶则一生多疾,孑然一生。

十二画:

云:清秀伶俐,多才伶俐,出国之格,中年成功隆昌之字。

惟:温和贤淑,中年劳神,晚年吉昌。

惜:温和慈祥,多才清雅,晚婚迟得子大吉,环境良好之字。

情:一生清雅伶俐,有爱情厄,晚年吉祥。

统:智勇双全,操守廉正,中年劳或多灾,晚年吉祥荣幸。

缄:有爱情厄或忌车怕水,中年小心,晚年吉祥。

茸:勤俭起家,清雅荣贵,多才多能,成功隆昌。

茜:清雅秀气,智勇双全,安富尊荣,荣贵出国。

茱:并气伶俐,温和多才,中年成功隆昌,清雅荣贵,二子吉祥之字。

茬:精明公正,多才荣贵,中年吉祥,晚军吉祥之格。

荃,口快性剔,一多才伶俐,清雅多能,中年吉祥,晚年劳神。

茶:中年余如,晚年吉祥隆昌。

博:智勇双全,多才巧智,中年奔波,晚年隆昌。

148

人教新目标七年级英语教案

皖:忧心劳神,中年多灾厄,晚年吉祥之字。

脂:清雅伶俐,中年之灾。晚年吉昌之字。

防:贵人明显。一生清雅多才,晚年吉昌之字。

淋:官缘得禄,操守廉正,官运旺,成功吉昌之字。

淑:温和伶俐,有爱情厄,或身弱,中年吉祥,晚年劳神。

清:吉凶分明,配合成功隆昌,凶则忌车怕水,中年多灾。晚年吉祥。

淇:英俊佳人,上下和睦,二子吉祥,义利分明,成功隆昌,官运旺盛。

淳:一生清雅伶俐,勤俭励业,福寿兴家,环境良好。

深:一生荣贵,中年成功隆昌,环境良好。

净:清雅荣贵,克己助人,中年成功隆昌,出国之格。

添:孤独格,父母无缘,身弱短寿,中年多灾,晚年吉祥。

淡:晚婚迟得了大吉,多灾厄,难幸福。

凉:夫妻有刑,晚见子吉,中年劳,晚年吉祥。

掖:口快性刚或事劳无功,中年多灾,晚年吉祥。

涯:一生清雅平凡,中年劳或奔波,晚年吉祥。

淞:学识渊博,勤俭建业,中年成功隆昌,出国之字。

淦:天生聪明,多才多能,清雅荣贵,中年成功隆昌,环境良好之字。

凌:有爱情烦恼,清雅多才,中年成功隆昌,晚年吉祥。

淘:温的贤淑,良善积德,福禄双收,名处有分,环境良好。

琉:清雅荣贵,多才贤能,中年成功,隆昌出国之格。

排:优心劳神或事劳无功,中年多灾,晚年吉祥。

授:肯作肯劳,重义信用,中年多劳,晚年吉祥之字。

措:温和贤淑,福寿兴家,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌,慈祥之字。

接:忧心劳神,或百事苦劳,中年劳或多厄,晚年吉祥。

挂:智勇双全,清雅伶俐,中年成功隆昌,双妻之格,荣贵之字。

探:中年劳,晚年吉祥。

理:清雅荣贵,多才巧智,成功隆昌,女人多灾之字。

琅:口快心直,清雅荣贵,中年劳或奔波,晚年成功隆昌。

现:口快性刚,多才伶俐,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌,环境良好。

球:贵人明现,清雅多才,精明公正,中年成功,荣贵之字。

冯:一生清雅,福禄双收,中年劳或奔波,晚年吉祥。

羡:清雅伶俐,多才巧智,或爱情厄,中年劳,晚年吉祥。

诊:有才能理智,兄弟无靠,中年吉样,晚年劳神。

评:‘教育界大吉,温和贤能,中年吉祥,晚年劳神多疾。

149

人教新目标七年级英语教案

词:一生清雅名利双收,福寿荣贵,中年隆昌环境良好。

证:义利分明,言而必信,操守廉正,中年成功,荣贵之字。

场:忧心劳神或事劳无功,中年多难晚年吉祥。

程:一生清雅荣贵,智勇双全,中年多劳或奔波,晚年吉昌。

稍:一生清雅伶俐,小心爱情厄或离乱,晚年吉祥。

稀:性刚果断,少年千难,中年多劳或奔波,晚年吉祥。

焱:通晓大义,克己助人,温和贤能,成功隆昌,但常人难受之字。

媛:秀气伶俐,温和贤能,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌,出外吉祥之字。

栋:忧心劳神,清雅荣贵,官运旺,晚年劳神。

植:一生信义可嘉,名利双收,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌之字。

敦:出外吉祥,清雅英敏,晚年隆昌幸福。

寻:协心劳神,中年多灾厄,晚年吉祥。

婷:温和贤淑,口快心直,多才清雅,中年隆昌,一生安详,福寿之字。

尊:一生多才伶俐,中年多劳,晚年吉祥,清平之字。

翔:清雍荣贵,官运旺,中年成功隆昌,出国之格,富贵之命。

策:二子吉祥,名利双收,多才温和,中年劳,晚年吉祥。

开:少年千难,中年奔波勤俭,晚年吉祥。

徨:义利分明,晚婚吉,中年平凡,晚年隆昌,官旺之字。

童:一生清雅多才,贤能聪敏,中年劳但吉祥,晚年劳神。

皓:智勇双全,清雅荣贵官运旺,成功隆昌之字。

喜:一生清雅荣贵,中年成功隆昌,环境良好。

轶:优心劳神或孤独,一生清雅多才、中年吉祥,晚年劳神。

尧:克父伤妻,一生清雅多才,官运旺,中年吉祥,晚年劳神。

为:英敏秀气,清雅伶俐,二子吉样,中年劳,晚年吉祥。

创:英敏秀气,清雅伶俐,中年劳晚年隆昌。

须:三子命中存,有才能理智,中年劳,晚年吉祥子孙隆昌。

媚:小心爱情厄,聪明伶俐,秀气多才温和贤淑成功隆昌。

发:清雅多才,中年多劳,晚年吉祥。

絮:有爱情烦恼,或身弱多厄,清雅伶俐,中年劳,晚年吉祥。

期:英敏多才,上下和睦,清雅贤良,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌,环境良好。

景:多才贤能,精明公正,中年成功隆昌,环境良好。

黄:一生清雅,聪明伶俐,刑克父母之字,中年劳,晚年吉祥。

弼:智勇双全,官或财旺,中年成功隆昌,环境良好。

替:优心劳神,中年多劳,晚年吉祥欠子。

150

人教新目标七年级英语教案

斯:学识渊博,清雅荣贵,官运旺,福寿兴家,环境良好富贵。

视:性刚口快,英雄格,出外吉祥,中年劳,晚年劳多疾之字。

答:克妻欠子,温和伶俐,中年多灾或奔波,晚年吉祥。

闵:智勇双全,义利分明,一生清雅荣贵,中年成功隆昌。

硬:出外贵人现,福禄双收,晚年隆昌,短寿之字。

蚁:欢乐一生,慷慨精诚,明成人之美德,中年、出外大吉。

报:奔波劳苦,少年千难,中年劳苦,辛劳之字。

循:小心爱情厄,一生清雅平凡,中年劳,晚年吉祥隆昌,出国之格。

敢:性刚口快,意志坚强抱负大,中年多灾或奔波,晚年吉祥。

贴:清雅伶俐,多才贤能,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌良好。

雁:出外或离祖吉祥,中年奔波或劳,晚年吉祥,双妻之格。

翕:精明公正,克已助人,清雅温和,中年平凡,晚年吉祥幸福之字。

惠:一生聪明,秀气伶俐,名利双收,中年吉祥,晚年子孙旺,劳神。

登:清雅荣贵,多才资能,中年成功隆昌,二子吉祥之字。

岚:清雅荣贵,才智出众,但身弱之字。

蛙:得天时地利,天赐之福,中年吉祥,晚年劳神,小心爱情厄。

象:英雄豪杰,中年奔波或多劳,晚年吉祥,双妻之格。

裁:胆识丰富,清雅荣贵,中年吉祥,多才贤能,晚年劳神多厄。

智:吉凶分明,吉则成功,官运旺,凶则短寿不幸。

胜:英敏之才,早婚短寿,晚婚平静,中年有灾,晚年吉祥。

斐:聪明伶俐,多才秀气,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌,环境良好。

寒:劳苦多灾厄或身弱短寿,忌车怕水,二子吉祥。

云:英敏荣贵,官运旺,成功隆昌,女人薄幸有爱情厄,或身寿。

筑:智勇双全,清雅荣贵,中年吉祥,出国之字。

就:清雅多才,环境良好,成功隆昌,出外大青。

富:一生清雅荣贾,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌,环境良好,荣华之字。

贵:一生多巧智,中年劳,晚年吉祥隆昌,名利双收。

贰:二子吉祥,一生清雅多才,中年多劳,子孙兴旺。

最:福禄有进,欢乐一生,离祖成功,中年劳,晚年隆昌。

项:一生清雅多才,智勇双全,中年劳苦,晚年吉祥。

晚:中年劳苦,有离乱之厄,晚年隆昌之字。

凯:性刚,智勇双全,出外吉祥,中年隆昌,环境良好,多才之字。

舜:英俊佳人,清雅多才,中年平凡或奔波,晚年吉祥,克父之字。

卿:有爱情厄或优心劳神,刑偶伤子,性刚,晚年吉祥,不祥之字。

151

人教新目标七年级英语教案

然:天生聪矫,清雅荣贵,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌,环境良好之字。

备:智勇双全,出外大吉,中年劳,晚年隆昌,名利之字。

杰:智勇双全,清雅荣贵,中年吉祥,英雄格,晚年隆昌,二子吉祥。

曾:一生清雅多才,贤能荣贵,迟得子吉,成功隆昌,环境良好。

掌:性刚英雄慷慨,一生清雅多才,中年劳,晚年吉祥。

晶:英俊之才,中年劳或身弱,晚年吉祥,常人难受。

雄:配合善,中年成功隆昌,不善则恶死强徒。

量:温和贤能,享福一生,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌,环境良好。

贯:一生清雅,环境良好,中年有灾厄,或破相,晚年吉祥。

短:优心劳神或身弱短寿,中年多灾或劳,晚年吉祥。

善:福禄双收,名利有分,温和贤能,中年吉祥,晚年吉祥。

普:二子吉祥,清雅多才,中年平凡,晚年隆昌,子孙兴旺之字。

款:优心劳神或事劳无功,身弱多灾,再嫁守寡之字。

龚:优心劳神,命途多厄,或病弱短寿。

喻:智勇双全,名利双收,一生清雅荣贵,中年成功隆昌。

越:出外吉祥,智勇双全,多才成功隆昌。

贸:二子吉祥,清雅荣贵,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌,环境良好。

集:优心劳神或有爱情厄,中年吉祥,晚年劳神多厄。

番:智勇双全,清雅多才,中年吉祥,出国成功之字。

预:英雄格,多能多才,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌,成功之字。

乔:清雅多才,福禄双收,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌,出国之字。

顺:多才贤能,清雅荣贵,中年平凡,晚年吉祥。

单:福禄双收,多才贤能,中年多灾劳,晚年吉祥。

复:英俊佳人,身瘦多才,出外大吉,中年吉祥,晚年吉祥,荣幸之字。

棠:英俊多才,晚婚大吉,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌。

费:一生清雅多才贤能,二子吉祥,中年劳,晚年吉祥。

雅:英俊多才,或秀气贤淑,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌,荣贵之字。

甥:一生清雅多才,英俊贤能,中年劳,晚年环境良好之字。

贺:二子吉祥、精明公正,智勇双全,官运旺,中年成功隆昌。

勋:晚婚吉祥,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌,环境良好,官旺之字。

炀:性刚口快,一生清雅伶俐,官旺短寿或双妻之字。

寓:温和伶俐,天生聪颖,一生清雅平凡,保守之格,安详之字。

壹:清雅荣贵,精明公正,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌,二子吉祥。

贻:一生安稳守已,福禄双收,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌,环境良好。

152

人教新目标七年级英语教案

筐:性刚果断或病弱短寿,中年多灾难,晚年吉祥。

给:清雅荣贵,中年成功隆昌.晚年劳神_环谙自杯

丝:清秀伶俐,温和贤能.中年吉祥.晚年隆昌夕字_

绒:性刚清雅,少年千难或爱情厄,中年劳累,晚年吉昌。

结:一生清雅多才,义利分明,中年成功,隆昌,晚年劳神。

钧:学识渊博,操守靡正,克助人,清雅荣贵,官旺富贵,享福

钦:一生清雅,中年劳,晚年隆昌.荣贵之字。

钝:清雅多才,秀气英俊,中年劳累,晚年吉祥,晚环境良好。

绚:秀气伶俐.清雅温和一晚得子吉,中年吉祥,晚年身弱多

砚:天生聪颖,清雅荣贵.中年劳或奔波,晚年古祥。

强:清雅荣贵,有才能理智,中年劳或奔波,晚年吉祥官旺。

朝:智勇双全,名利双收澡清雅荣贵,中年劳累,晚年成功隆

散:邢偶伤子,晚婚迟得子大吉,中年劳,晚年告祥。

舒:一生清稚荣贵,理智充足,中年平凡,晚年吉祥。

剩:病弱短寿,多灾难幸福。

街:一生多相克,或终身多病,中年劳,晚年吉祥之字。

堡:一生清推伶俐,福禄双收,晚年吉祥。

竣:名利双收,出外贵人现,官动旺.出国之字.成功隆昌。

茹:

十三画:

倾:天生聪颖,多才秀气,清雅荣贵,二子吉祥出国之字。

催:优心劳神或事劳无功,中年多灾或穷苦,晚年吉祥。

琶:温和贤淑,勤俭兴家,福禄双收,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌。

犹:多才荣贵,英雄豪爽,中年吉祥,奔波,晚年隆昌劳神。

粮:义利分明,克己助人,中年平凡,晚年吉祥荣幸之字。

裕:出外吉祥,福禄双收中年吉祥,晚年劳神之字。

愉:一生清雅荣贵,谋略出众,官运旺,享福之字。

辞:清雅多才,秀气伶俐,中年劳,勤俭持家,晚年吉祥。

游:一生清雅伶俐,名利双收,中年劳,晚年吉祥,乐天之字。

湖:英俊多才,一生平凡,保守之格,中年吉祥,晚年劳神,妻资子贵。

渡:出外逢贵得财,电每奔波劳苦,夫妻和合欠子,晚年隆昌。

渝:胆识兼有,清雅荣贵,官运旺,中年成功隆昌,精诚之字。

港:少年千难,多才贤能,中年劳或奔滤,晚年隆昌,双妻之字。

湘:精明公正,清雅荣贵,中年成功隆昌,女人有爱情厄。

153

人教新目标七年级英语教案

琢:出外逢贵得财,智勇双全,中年成功,隆昌,环境良好。

汤:智勇双全,义利分明,官或财旺,中年成功,出国之字。

渊:福寿兴家,理智充足,慈祥有德,环境良好,安享富贵。

湫:虚荣心强或有爱情厄,中年多灾,晚年吉祥,贤能之字。

浑:英俊多才,清雅荣贵,中年成功隆昌,晚年环境良好。

抿:精明公正,义利分明,勤俭建业,家声可振,官旺。

莉:秀气灵巧,多才巧智,中年成功隆昌,出国之字,荣贵之命。

莆:智勇双全,机谋多才,小心爱情厄,中年有灾,晚年吉祥。

庄:一生清雅多才,贤能温和,中年劳,晚年吉祥。

莞:清秀巧妙,清雅温和,中年成功隆昌。

莨:出外吉祥,天生聪颖,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌幸福丸字。

莎:温和伶俐,勤俭多才,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌,荣贵之字。

追:优心劳神或事荣无功,中年多灾:晚年吉祥。

郊:有爱情厄,或身弱短寿,中年劳,晚年吉祥。

郁:清雅伶俐,口快心直,中年成功隆昌,晚年昌盛安稳。

脱:奔波劳苦,或身弱多厄,中年劳苦,晚年吉祥。

附:智勇双全,清雅聪明,中年成功隆昌,晚年子孙兴旺。

挥:精明公正,多才英明,中年成功隆昌,子孙兴旺之字。

换:多才贤能荣贵,成功隆昌,女人薄幸再嫁之字。

扬:智能双全,多才贤能名利双收,荣贵官旺,富贵之字。

提:天生聪颖,清雅荣贵出国之格,中年成功隆昌,荣华之字。

捷:奔波劳苦,出国之格,中年成功隆昌,环境良好之字。

琵:二子吉祥清雅多才,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌。

琳:学识丰富,温和贤淑能,官运旺,克己助人,出国荣达之字。

琨:清雅多才,英俊勤俭,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌,官旺财薄之:

琴:少年千难或中年奔波劳苦,晚年吉祥。

琮:智勇双全,名利双收,英俊荣贵,中年吉祥,晚年隆鼻,官运旺。

斑:一生清雅多才,但怀才不遇,中年多灾,晚年吉祥。,

琛:清雅荣贵,多才多能,中年成功隆昌,晚年吉祥,福寿之字。

琬:一生多福,清雅荣贵,冲年成功隆昌,出国之字,荣贵之字。

琦:有爱情厄,福禄双收,中年吉祥,晚年劳神。

琪:智勇双全,清雅荣贵,官运旺,中年成功隆昌,清秀之字。

琰:性刚果断,一生清雅多才,中年吉祥,隆昌,晚年劳神。

暖:晚婚或迟得子吉,秀气多才,出外隆昌,中年吉祥,伶俐之字。

154

人教新目标七年级英语教案

暄:智勇双全,清雅荣贵,成功隆昌,官旺之字。

暗:不祥之字,暗淡无光,不幸之字。

晖:命硬,清雅荣贵,官旺,中年平凡,晚年隆昌环境良好。

睦:智勇双全,精明公正,温和贤能,官运旺,一生享福禄之格。

诗:多才贤能理智,官运旺,中年成功隆昌,出国之格。

话:口快心直,多才贤能,福禄双收,中年劳晚年隆昌。

夸:少乐多愁,口才伶俐,中年勤敏,但有祸端,晚年吉祥。

勤:刑克父母或刑偶伤子,孤独劳神或身弱多灾厄之字。

详:温和贤能,福寿兴家,中年平凡,晚年隆昌之字。

试:优心劳神或事劳无功,重情失败,中年多劳,晚年吉祥。

诰:福禄双收,清雅多才,良善积德,一门隆盛,环境良好之字。

焕:理智聪敏,多才伶俐,出外吉祥,荣贵隆昌。

煊:清雅多才·,贤能精诚,官运旺,中年有灾,晚年隆昌出国之字。

辉:性刚或幼年多厄,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌,环境良好出国之格。

煌:多才贤能,身瘦清雅,中年平凡,晚年吉祥。

煜:一生清雅荣贵,勤敏多才,中年成功隆昌,出国之格。

炜:多才贤能,清雅荣贵,中年成功隆昌,出国之格。

炼:清雅伶俐,多才巧智,出外大吉,年年平凡,晚年隆昌。

衙:有才有理智,清雅荣贵,中年成功隆昌,出国之字。

钰:清秀伶俐,有才能理智,官运旺,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌。

预:忧心劳神或刑偶伤子,中年旁,重情失致,晚年吉祥,二子之字。

当:性刚或刑偶伤子,晚婚大吉,中年小心有灾厄,晚年隆境良好。

嫁:外观幸福,内心多优,出外吉祥,晚年隆昌之字。

驯:一生清雅奔波劳苦,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌,刑偶伤子之字。

新:多才巧智,智勇双全,一生奔波,晚年吉祥,名利之字。

圣:学问丰富,清雅荣贵,官运旺,成功隆昌,享福终世之字。

鼎:精明公正,智勇双全,官运成功隆昌,出国荣贵之字。

钵:一生安祥,中年平凡,晚年吉祥,环境良好。

廉:清雅英敏,出外吉祥,中年平凡,晚年吉祥,二子兴隆之字。

献:智勇双全,多才清雅,中年吉祥,晚年劳神,环境良好。

势:清雅多才,中年劳或多灾,晚年吉祥之字。

聘:有爱情烦恼或少乐多忧,中年劳,晚年吉祥但多疾之字。

雷:一生清雅,多才贤能,中年平凡,晚年隆昌。

颁:智勇双才,一生多才贤能,中年有灾,晚年隆昌。

155

人教新目标七年级英语教案

意:外观幸福,内心多忧.中年劳.晚年隆昌之字。

岁:清雅多才,英敏贤能,中年平瓜晚年吉祥。

义:多才巧智,清雅伶俐,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌,幸福之字。

奥:二子吉祥,多才贤能,中年吉祥,晚年劳神之字。

督:忧心劳神,一生困苦多病之字。

蜀:精明公正,克己助人,出外吉祥,中年成功隆昌,出国之字。

几:多情重恩,一生清雅,伶俐,出外大吉,名利双收之字。

资:清雅荣贵,二子吉祥,中年隆昌,事才贤能,环境良好,秀气之字。

筠:清秀伶俐,温和贤淑,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌,出国之字。

钜:精明公正,义利分明,官运好,出国之字,成功隆昌。

会:晚婚迟见子吉,一生清难平凡,中年吉祥,晚年劳神。

蜂:清雅伶俐,多才贤能,中年劳作勤俭,晚年吉祥。

电:外祥内苦,一生伶俐,中年劳晚年吉祥。

微:小心有爱情厄,出外吉祥,中年劳神,晚年吉祥。

楚:一生清雅,智勇双全,中年隆昌,晚年劳神,出国之格。

颂:学问丰富,官运旺盛,中年成功隆昌,二子吉祥之字。

轼:优心劳神,中年劳,晚年吉祥,荣幸之字。

愚:一生难幸福,百事苦劳,中年多灾厄,晚年吉祥。

斡:多才贤能,温和伶俐,技术方面大吉.成功隆昌,环境良好之字。

虞:优心劳神或中年多灾,晚年吉祥之字。

妈:福禄双收,多才温和,中年吉祥,环境良好,晚年劳神。

载:白手成家,出外吉祥,成功隆昌,一生安详之字。

靖:学识渊博,才智出众,中年成功隆昌,官运旺盛之字。

嗣:智勇双全,精明公正,中年成功隆昌,官运旺,昌荣之字。

暑:晚婚迟得子大吉,清雅多才,中年劳,晚年吉祥。

钲:智勇双全,精明公正,清雅荣贵,中年成功隆昌。

驰:奔波劳苦或潦倒,中年多灾,晚年隆昌。

狮:性刚口快,有双妻之厄,中年劳或奔波,晚年吉祥。

群:多才贤能,慈祥有德,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌福禄之字。

爱:多才伶俐,出外吉祥,中年劳,晚年吉祥,清雅之字。

装:出外吉祥,但刑偶伤子,晚婚吉,中年劳,晚年隆昌。

愈:智勇双全,中年多劳或多灾,晚年吉祥。

爷:温和慈祥,有成人之美德,中年吉祥,晚年劳神。

竖:清雅荣贵,中年成功隆昌,多才贤能,官运旺。

156

人教新目标七年级英语教案

鼓:优心劳神,或事劳无功.中年多灾厄或身弱,晚年隆昌。

顿:刑偶伤子或身弱,中年二子吉祥,晚年劳神。

敬:清雅荣贵,出外在吉,福禄双收,名利永在,出国之字。

盟:智勇双全,有才能理智,晚年吉祥之字。

钦:无带食禄,刑偶欠予,命途多灾难之字。

路:清雅秀气,福禄双收,但身弱多病,晚年吉祥。

传:一生多才,出外吉祥,晚年劳神或多疾。

筱:出外吉祥,秀气灵巧,多才贤能,晚年隆昌,幸福之字。

椰:性刚果断,或刑偶伤子,中年劳或潦倒伤子,晚年吉祥。

杨:一生清雅温和,多才贤能,中年劳苦,晚年隆昌。

枫:精明公正,一生多福,福禄丰厚,中年吉祥隆昌,小心爱情厄。

楠:多才巧智,中年劳,晚年吉祥。

廊:性刚果断,中年多劳,晚年吉祥。

榆:清雅荣贵,官运旺,中年成功隆昌,福寿兴家。

楣:秀气贤能,一生有福像,荣贵隆昌,环境良好,晚年劳神。

楷:晚婚迟得子吉,出外吉祥,中年劳或奔波,晚年隆昌。

绥:秀气伶俐,小心爱情厄,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌,环境良好。

稔:一生清雅荣贵,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌,环境良好但劳神。

稚:智勇双全,清雅荣贵,福禄丰厚,名利双收,幸福之字。

詹:英敏多才,清雅贤能,福禄双收,武官吉,女人薄幸多灾之字。

铁:克偶伤子,一生清雅,中年吉祥,晚年劳神,多疾之字。

围:福扯绵远,荣贵多才,中年劳或奔波,晚年吉祥。

勋:刑克父母,一生清雅荣贵,官运旺,中年平,晚年吉祥。

禄:理智充足,克父母,一生清雅荣贵,福禄双收,中年平凡,晚年吉祥。

照:胆识丰富,多才荣贵,官运旺,中年有灾厄,晚年隆昌。

酬:清稚多才,福禄双收,中年劳,晚年吉祥。

尝:一生荣幸,所谋如意,贵人明现,小心爱情厄,晚年隆昌。

熙:破相或身弱多病,一生清雅多才,中年成功隆昌,晚年安详。

十四画:

硕:清雅荣贵,贤能多才,二子吉祥,官运旺,名利双收之字。

阁:勤俭治家,忠厚善良,上下和睦,中年吉祥,环境良好。

管:多才贤能,清雅温和,福禄双收,晚年吉祥。

献:性刚口快,操守廉正,智勇双全,武官吉,官运旺,福寿兴家。

尽:清雅伶俐,刑偶欠子或有爱情烦恼,再嫁守寡之字。

157

人教新目标七年级英语教案

闽:幼年多灾,中年多劳优心劳神,晚年吉祥之字。

划:少乐多优,晚婚大吉,中年劳晚年吉祥。

造:出外吉祥,清雅多才,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌,福禄双收。

通:13快伶俐,出外大吉,中年劳,晚年吉祥。

逢:贵人明现,出外吉祥,晚年隆昌,荣贵之字。

连:出外大吉,贵人明现,福禄双收,名利之字。

速:出外吉祥,一生多才,清雅伶俐,中年劳,晚年吉祥,有爱情厄。

菁:温和贤淑,秀气多才,中年吉祥,晚年劳祥,小心有爱情厄。

萌:幼年辛苦,英雄之格,中年小心,晚年吉祥之字。

华:天生聪颖,多才贤能或有爱情厄,中年有灾,晚年吉祥。

萍:清雅秀气,多才贤能,小心为爱情伤身,成功出国之字。

菊:小心爱情烦恼,清秀伶俐,多才荣贵,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌。

菜:秀气伶俐,清雅多才,身瘦溢和,中年劳,晚年隆昌荣幸之字。

瑜:学识渊博,官运旺,清雅荣贵,成功隆昌,名利双收,出国之字。

瑛:清雅荣贵,小心爱情厄,成功隆昌,环境良好之字。

瑚:一生清雅伶俐,智勇双全,福禄双收一生安详,幸福之字。

瑞:英俊才人,多才荣贵,教育界大吉、成功隆昌,女人身瘦多厄之字。

玮:清雅伶俐,天生多才,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌,官旺之字。

铨:精明公正,身瘦多才,清雅荣贵,中年成功隆昌,环境良好,出国之格。

铜:多才温和,晚婚迟得子吉,福禄双收,名利有书环境良笋好,女人多疾病。

铭:智勇双全,精明公正,福禄双收,名利有分,安福尊荣之字。

制:刑偶伤子或少乐多优中年劳,晚年吉祥。

毓:学识渊博,清雅荣贵,宫运旺,名利双收,出国隆昌之字。

叹:一生清雅,多才但多灾厄难幸福之字。

源;清雅荣贵,智勇双全,官财两旺,兴旺富贵之字。

溪:事业如意,中年成功隆昌,福禄双收,双妻之命,晚年劳神之字。

滋:温和贤淑,清秀伶俐,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌,环境良好,贤能之字。

温:一生清雅多才,中年吉祥,晚年劳神多疾之字。

涂:英俊人才,清雅荣贵,一门鼎盛,中年吉祥,安详之字。

溜:多才贤能,福禄双收,名利俱全,中年隆昌,晚年劳神。

溢:兄弟无缘,多才贤能,身弱多疾,中年吉祥,晚年劳神。

溥:义利分明,操守廉手,勤俭温和,中年成功,隆昌出国之字。-

慎:福禄双收,智能非凡,二子吉祥,中年平,晚年隆昌。

宁:婚迟大吉,一生情雅多才,晚年吉祥。

158

人教新目标七年级英语教案

绿:清秀多才,中年平凡,晚年吉祥。

纲:口快心直,多才智勇武官吉,中年劳,晚年隆昌,女人有爱情厄之字。

魁:智勇秀气,多才贤淑,晚年劳神。

诚:精明公正,智勇双全,名利双收,中年成功隆昌,晚年劳神。

说:出外吉祥,智勇双全,中年吉祥,环境良好,女人多灾薄幸之字。

认:忧心劳神或病弱短寿,一生多灾厄或有爱情厄,晚年吉祥。

诵:一生清雅伶俐,秀气多才,中年平凡,晚年吉祥。

语:有爱情厄,清雅多才,福禄双收,中年吉祥,环境良好。

祯:清雅荣贵,二子吉祥,天生聪颖多才,中年成功,环境良好。

福:一生清雅多才,福禄双收,中年吉祥,环境良好之字。

种:智勇双全,勤俭治家,中年平凡,晚年吉祥环境良好。

领:中年多灾或爱情厄,晚年吉祥,女人吉祥。

榜:多才巧智,清雅荣贵,成功隆昌,环境良好,子孙兴旺。

闻:多愁善感,一生清雅侥幸,中年虽劳,晚年吉祥之字。

靳:勤俭建业,福禄双收,智勇双全,中年成功隆昌,环境良好。

精:胆识丰富,官或财旺,一生荣贵隆昌,环境良好.女人刑失伤子。

需:清雅荣贵,多能多才,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌,环境良好。

聚:优心劳神或事劳无功,一生多灾厄或多疾,晚年吉祥。

甄:秀气清雅,出外吉祥,中年平凡,晚年吉祥环境良好。

團:优心劳神或怀才不遇,中年晚年吉祥。

獎:有爱情厄,或奔波劳苦,中年多劳,晚年吉祥。

態:身闲心苦,或身弱多疾,中年劳或撩倒,晚年吉祥。

槐:优心劳神或事劳无功,怀才不遇,中年劳,晚年吉祥。

榕:福禄双收,天才聪颖,荣贵贤能,中年成功隆昌,出国之格。

僑:刑偶伤子,一生清雅,中年吉祥,晚年劳神,守安之字。

僧:温和伶俐,一生清雅多才,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌。

像:性刚口快,慷慨待人,中年劳或奔波,晚年吉祥,双妻之格。

微:出外吉祥,晚婚迟得子吉,中年劳苦,晚年吉祥。

衔:精明公正,操守廉正,中年成功隆昌,名利双收富贵之字。

嫩:多才秀气,肯作肯劳,勤俭治家,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌。

察:三子命,清雅多才,一生中年平凡,晚年隆昌,保守之字。

境:英敏多才,清雅荣贵,福禄双收,名利有分,出外大吉,荣贵之字。

夏:出外吉祥,小心爱情厄,多才贤能,秀气温和,中年劳,晚年隆昌。

彰:学识丰富,清雅多才,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌,名利三子之嗽

159

人教新目标七年级英语教案

畅:一生清雅荣贵,天生聪颖,事业如意家庭和睦,环境良卜、少

鳳:学问丰富,官运旺,成功隆昌,富贵之字,女人爱情厄或薄幸之字。‘

爾:秀气英敏,温和荣贵,中年吉祥,晚年成功隆昌,出国官之字。

熊:胆识丰富,智勇双全,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌,荣贵之字。

端:清雅多才,智勇双全,清雅荣贵,中年吉祥,环境良好。

齊:清难多才,学识渊博.中年吉样隆昌,晚年劳神之字。

图:一生多才贤能,理智充足,出外大吉,中年吉祥,晚年劳神。

旗:性刚口直,中年多劳或奔波,晚年劳神。

辅:胆识丰富,一生清雅荣贵,官运旺,成功隆昌,荣贵之字。

饰:外观隆昌幸福,内心多忧,或有爱情厄,晚年吉祥。

寿:环境良好,官或财旺,但身弱多疾,中年吉,晚年劳神。

碧:一生清荣,中年成功隆昌,环境良好,双妻格,女人多厄短寿之字。

鼓:破相或身弱短寿,或奔波劳苦,命途多灾难之字。

鸣:清雅伶俐,秀气温和,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌,福禄之字。

翠:小b爱情厄,清秀温和,中年多劳,晚年隆昌,幸福之字。

歌:出外吉祥,一生清雅伶俐,刑偶或伤子,中年劳,晚年吉祥。-

台:学问丰富,清雅多才,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌。

塘:多才贤能,温和忠厚,勤俭治家,中年吉祥,清雅平凡之字。

肇:清明公正,忠厚多才,清雅荣贵,官运旺,成功隆昌,名利双收之字。

署:忧心劳神,中年劳,晚年吉祥,子孙兴旺之字。

荣:吉凶分明,吉则416荣贵,成功隆昌,凶则牢狱凶亡之字。

豪:孤独格,兄弟无靠、出外吉祥,福禄双收,环境良好,幸福之字。

十五画:

董:英敏才人,理智充足,中年吉祥隆昌,晚年劳神。

万:忧心劳神,一生清雅伶俐,中年劳或潦倒,晚年吉祥。

机:心直口快,外出大吉,中年多劳但隆昌,晚年荣幸之字。

蒂:清雅多才,秀气贤能,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌幸福之字。

营:学识渊博,一生多才,清雅荣贵官运旺,福寿出国之字。

叶:有爱情厄或身弱短寿,中年劳苦,晚年吉祥。

广:刑克父母,一生清雅伶俐,中年劳晚年吉祥,教育界吉。

娴:秀气灵巧,天生聪颖,中年成功隆昌,荣贵之字。

墀:精明公正,官运旺,智勇双全,清雅荣贵,中年劳,晚年成功之字。

瑾:智勇双全,多才贤能,中年成功隆昌,学识渊博,出国之一字。

绪:智勇双全,清雅多才,晚婚迟得子吉,中年劳,晚年吉祥。

160

人教新目标七年级英语教案

演:一生清雅多才,中年吉祥,晚年劳神,二子吉祥。

漩:温和伶俐,清雅贤淑,中年劳苦或有爱情厄晚年隆昌。

满:有爱情烦恼,或身弱短寿,多灾厄,难幸福,再嫁守寡,男人成功隆昌。

渔:一生清雅伶俐秀气,多才福寿双全,环境良好。

漪:秀气伶俐,温和清雅,中年多灾,晚年隆昌。

浒:口才伶俐,天生聪颖,中年成功,晚年隆昌,清闲之字。

漠:清雅荣贵,忠厚善良,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌之字。

汉:义利分明,荣贵隆昌,中年平赠,晚年吉祥,英雄格。

稼:福禄双收,名利双收,出外吉祥,中年隆昌享福之字。

徵:学问丰富,名利双收,清雅荣贵,子孙兴旺,出国之字。

彻:出外吉祥,清雅多才,中年劳或奔波,晚年吉祥,环境良好。

德:多才巧智,温和贤能,中年劳或奔波,晚年成功,隆昌环境良好。

冲:性刚果断,或刑偶伤子,中年多厄,晚年吉祥之字。

价:晚婚迟得子大吉,温和贤能,二子吉祥,中年劳,晚年吉祥。

仪:忠厚良善,勤俭兴家,名利双收,清雅荣贵,富贵之字。

磁:多相克命硬,少年千难,中年劳苦,晚年隆昌,二子吉祥。

刘:英敏之才,清雅伶俐,二子吉祥,中年劳,晚年吉祥。

箭:多相克,中年奔波,劳苦多灾厄、滩年吉祥,工程技术吉。

竖:多才巧智,清雅荣贵,中年成功隆昌,官运旺,环境良好。

翩:清雅多才,中年劳或克偶伤子,晚年吉祥。

乐:英敏多才,子孙兴旺,名利双收,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌。

调:福禄双收,重义信用,多才伶俐,中年吉祥,环境良好,女人刑夫之字。

铺:一生清雅伶俐,贵人明现,中年平凡,晚年吉祥隆昌。

范:胆识丰富,多才贤能,中年劳出外吉祥,晚年昌盛之字。

巩:性刚口快,武官大吉,中年劳,晚年吉祥。

婵:秀气多才,福禄双收永在,中年成功隆昌,环境良好。

增:福禄双收,名利双收,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌荣贵之字。

楼:学问丰富,福禄双收,智勇双全,武官大吉,成功隆昌,兴家之字。

颖:多才贤能,清雅伶俐,中年劳,晚年吉祥隆昌,女人不幸之字。

阅:勤俭肯作肯劳,重信义,刑偶伤子,中年劳,晚年吉祥。

璋:福禄双收,理智充足,吉凶分明,吉则环境良好,隆昌,凶则短寿多灾。

磐:一生清雅平尽,晚婚吉早婚欠子,晚年吉祥。

课:少年千难,书年平凡,晚年吉祥隆昌,清雅,环境良好之字。

驾:多相克之字,清雅多才,中年劳或奔波,晚年吉祥。

161

人教新目标七年级英语教案

养:忠厚良善,义利分明,福寿绵长,勤俭治家,环境良好,子孙兴旺。

谈:性刚口快,口才伶俐,多才清雅,中年劳,晚年吉祥。

毅:学识渊博,清雅荣贵,出外吉祥,出国之字。

审:福禄双收,一生清雅伶俐,中年劳,晚年吉祥,劳神之字。

墩:出外吉祥或优心,劳神刑偶伤子,晚年吉祥。

帜:小心有爱情厄,晚婚迟得子吉,晚年吉祥。

枢:三子命中存,清雅多才,福禄双收,名利有分,成功隆昌。

慰:智勇双全,清雅荣贵,中年多优,晚年吉祥之字。

暮:晚婚迟得子吉,晚年吉祥。

硕:清雅荣贵,多才贤能,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌,二子吉祥。

锐:清雅伶俐,中年劳,晚年吉祥,小心爱情烦恼。

欧:一生清雅,英敏伶俐,廿九岁至姗一岁小心,晚年吉祥。

霄:聪明伶俐,小心爱情厄,中年多劳,晚年吉祥,但劳神。

辉:父母无缘,兄弟无靠,中年劳,晚年隆昌。

靠:多才温和,清雅伶俐,中年劳,晚年吉祥,福禄双收之字。

慧:聪明伶俐,清雅温和几中年劳或爱情厄,晚年吉样。

莹:名利双收,智勇双全,中年成功隆昌,出国之字。

影:义利分明,清雅多才,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌劳贵之字。

顿:事业隆昌,克已助人,中年成功隆昌,环境良好之字。

赐:多刑克或身多疾,短寿,中年吉祥。

庆:福禄双收,智勇双全,出外吉祥,名利双收,一生多才环境良好之字。

墨:优心劳神或怀才不遇,中年劳,晚年吉祥。

模:清雅荣贵,多才贤能,中年成功隆昌,晚年F)k境良好,出准握界之字。

樟:忠厚善良,勤俭治家,一生奔波,晚年吉祥。

貌:优心劳神或损丁破财,中年多灾,晚年吉祥。

宽:清雅多才,荣贵隆昌,中年吉祥,环境良好,女人薄幸多灾。

紧:有爱情烦,一生清雅多才,但翅姆,自杀短寿之字。

娇:有爱情烦恼再嫁守寡,晚年隆昌。

谊:沮和多才,贤能勤俭或财旺,中年成功隆昌之字。

蝶:有爱情厄或刑偶伤子,秀气伶俐,中年吉祥,晚年劳神。

爽:忍耐力强,多才贤能,中年吉祥隆昌。

震:勤俭建业,智勇双全斌官吉,中年吉祥。

篇:天生聪颖,秀气灵巧,中年劳,晚年吉祥之字。

颉:清雅荣贵,智勇双全,官运旺。名利双收,二子吉祥,出国之字。

162

人教新目标七年级英语教案

辈:优心劳神,性刚果断,中年多灾厄,晚年吉祥,子孙兴旺。

数:有爱情厄,出外吉祥,中年劳,晚年隆昌,男人多才贤能。

面:有爱情厄,中年劳,晚年吉祥,外向之字。

驻:义利分明,智勇双全,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌。

质:秀气多才,温和贤淑,二子吉祥,克母命,中年吉祥隆昌。

剑:性刚果断,武官带刀厄,中年劳或奔波,晚年吉祥。

蝴:秀气伶俐,多才贤能,中年隆昌,晚年劳神。

盘:身瘦伶俐,带血字刑克父母,中年吉祥,晚年劳神,长寿之字。

须:温和贤淑,伉俪和合,子贵福禄,成功隆昌,环境良好。

鲁:多才贤能,温和伶俐,晚婚迟见子吉,中年劳晚年隆昌。

靓:多才贤能,勤俭治家,但言多必失,中年吉祥晚年隆昌。

霆:智勇双全,精明公正,出外吉祥,官运旺,中年成功隆昌。

赋:多愁多劳命途多灾难,或身弱多病,不然一生之字。

敷:出外吉祥,一生清雅平凡,中年多灾厄,晚年吉祥。

驹:秀气贤能,清雅荣贵,福禄双收,环境良好,小心爱情厄。

贤:天生聪颖,一生安稳,中年平凡,晚年隆昌二子吉祥。

宾:克父命智勇双全,义利分明,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌,二子吉祥。

胜:良善积德,多才温和,中年劳,晚年吉祥,荣幸之字。

慷:一生慷慨待人,智能双全,中年劳或奔波,晚年吉祥。

院:清雅伶俐,多才巧智,中年吉祥,晚婚吉,晚年劳神。

部:刑偶伤子,中年劳苦,家庭不和,晚年吉祥。

郭:一生清雅智勇双全,中年劳或奔波,晚年吉祥隆昌。

进:天生聪颖,中年平凡,吉祥隆昌,出外大吉环境良好。

达:学识渊博,安富尊荣,福寿兴家,成功隆昌,官运财运旺,出国之字。

十六画:

游:一生流浪外乡,晚年吉祥。

遂:一生清雅多才,贤能慷慨,中年劳,晚年吉祥。

遍:性刚果断或奔波穷苦,出外吉祥,晚年隆昌。

运:福禄双收,出外吉祥,清雅荣贵,官运旺,环境良好,出国

道:智勇双全,精明公正,出外大吉,中年成功隆昌,荣贵出二字。

润:福禄双收,福寿兴家,环境良好,安富尊荣之字。

潭:克偶欠子,清雅伶俐中年吉祥,晚年劳神,清秀之字。

洁:优心州或事劳无功,或有爱情厄,不幸再嫁。

澄:多才贤肥英敏伶俐,中年平凡,晚年吉祥,环境良好昌字。

163

人教新目标七年级英语教案

潮:多才巧智,清雅伶俐,中年劳,晚年吉祥隆昌。

涟:出外吉祥,小心爱情厄,早婚不吉,中年劳,晚年成功隆字。

琏:学识渊博,福禄双收,名利永在,中年成功,环境良好。

录:智勇双全,性刚口快,环境良好之字。

锤:义利分明,克己助人,中年成功,环境良好。

铮:精明公正,清雅荣贵,官运旺,克已助人,中年成功隆昌,一国之字。

锦:吉凶分明,吉则清贵隆昌出国富贵,凶则忌车怕水,恶死

钢:口快心直,武官大吉,中年劳,晚年吉祥。

锡:温和多才,聪明理智,中年劳或有爱情厄,出国之格。

钱:一生清雅伶俐,多才,中年奔波,晚年吉祥。

环:出外吉祥,天生聪颖,一生温和贤能,晚婚大吉,多国之格,小心爱情厄。

树:一生清雅多才,中年劳,晚年吉祥。

机:优心劳神或事劳无功,或身弱多病,中年劳晚年吉祥。

桥:多才温和,清雅伶俐,福禄双收,刑偶伤子,晚婚吉,晚年吉祥。

桦:温和贤能,多才忠厚,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌,官旺。

积:天生聪颖,一生温和多才,白手起家,晚年隆昌。

灯:晚婚迟得子吉,出外逢贵人,中年劳,晚年吉祥。

燃:清雅荣贵,官或财旺,福禄双收,名利有分,环境良好,享福之字。

炽:精力旺盛,刑偶伤子,出外吉祥,晚婚大吉,成功隆昌幸福之字。

烨:秀气多才,温和贤淑,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌,幸福荣贵之字。

荧:天生聪明秀气,勤俭,中年吉祥,中厚善良,一门鼎盛之字。

窑:英敏多才,清雅荣贵,中年成功隆昌,晚年劳神多疾之字。

谕:胆识丰富,精明公正,官运旺,中年成功隆昌,出国之字。

谋:出外吉祥,温和多才,中年劳但吉祥,晚年隆昌。

谐:一生清雅平凡,晚婚大吉,中年劳苦,晚年吉祥隆昌之字。

谓:刑偶伤子,一生多才荣贵厚善,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌之字。

诸:清雅多才,温和贤淑,晚婚迟得子吉,中年劳,晚年吉祥。

谚:精明公正,重信义,福禄双收,成功隆昌,环境良好。

谒:口才伶俐,勤俭治家,家声可振,中年劳,晚年吉祥。

倩:秀气多才,贤能勤俭,中年吉祥,有离乱之厄,晚年劳神。

梦:清雅荣贵,中年吉祥,环境良好,女人刑偶伤子或不幸之厄。

幕:忧心劳神或事劳无功,中年潦倒,或多灾,晚年吉祥。

苍:一生清雅平凡,天生聪颖,福禄双收,中年劳,晚年吉祥。

蓉:温和忠厚,福禄双收,一生多才贤能,中年成功隆昌,出籍。

164

人教新目标七年级英语教案

陆:性直口快,少年千难,中年吉祥,或奔波,晚年隆昌。

陵:常有祸端,智勇双全,中年成功隆昌,晚年多灾厄。

陈:口快心刚,清雅多才,中年穷苦,晚年隆昌。

陶。多才伶俐,温和贤能,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌。

陪:理智充足,一生清雅伶俐,福禄双收,一生平凡,保守之字。

阴:一生清雅多才,福禄双收,环境良好,女人有不幸多灾,奋之字。

邮:忧心劳神,少年千难,中年平凡,晚年吉祥,伶俐之字。

乡:清雅伶俐,多才勇敢,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌,女人有爱情终。

都:清雅多才,温和贤能,中年平凡,晚年吉祥,清闲之字。

遛:出外逢贵得财,名利双收,中年劳,晚年隆昌。

逸:一生奔波劳苦,或怀才不遇,智勇双全,中年劳,晚年隆昌之字。

衡:清雅伶俐,中年吉祥,晚年劳神,保守之字。

醒:有爱情烦恼,一生多才无运,内心多忧,晚年吉祥。

动:清雅多才,刑偶伤子,中年离乱或累,晚年隆昌,双妻之字。

儒:多才有能,精明公正,官运旺,荣贵隆昌,环境良好。

兴:温和英敏,清雅多才,中年劳,晚年隆昌。

霏:清雅多才,福禄双收,中年吉祥,小心爱情厄,晚年隆昌。

黔:优心劳神或事劳无功,晚婚吉祥,中年劳,晚年吉祥。

赖:谋为出众,清雅多才,中年劳,晚年吉祥,环境良好。

侪:清雅荣贵,勤俭治家,官运旺,中年成功隆昌,出国之字。

冀:怀才不遇或外祥内愁,中年多劳,晚年吉祥。

尽:暗淡不祥,刑偶伤子或身弱短寿,难幸福多灾厄,守寡之字。

膝:刑偶伤子,或有爱情厄,重情失败,晚年吉祥,晚福之字。

战:口快心直,多才贤能,中年吉祥,晚年劳神。

穆:一生清雅贤能,有才英俊,中年劳,晚年吉祥。

羲:温和贤能,义利分明,官运旺,多才忠厚,成功隆昌。

筑:少乐多优或事劳无功,晚婚大吉,中年劳,晚年吉祥。

睿:天生聪颖,多才忠厚,中年成功隆昌,环境良好,出国之字。

靛:清雅平凡,出外逢贵得财,中年吉祥,晚年刑偶伤子劳神。

奋:英敏之才,清雅荣贵,中年吉祥,小心爱情厄,出国成功之字。

头:克偶伤子,中年平凡,晚年隆昌,环境良好,双妻之字。

笃:三日东,四日西,南战北讨,奔波劳苦,中年多灾,晚年吉祥。

融:慈祥有德,一生成功,隆昌所谋如意,环境良好之字。

导:小心爱情厄,多才英雄,中年多灾,晚年吉祥,欠子之字。

165

人教新目标七年级英语教案

馆:一生清雅伶俐,福禄双收,中年有灾厄,晚年吉昌。

霖:学问丰富,清雅荣贵,官运旺盛,精明公正,出国之字,富贵之格。

餘:多才贤能,中年平凡,晚年吉祥,手面阔绰,环境良好。

雕:智勇双全,清雅多才,中年平凡,晚年隆昌,但劳神多疾。

擂:一生清雅多灾厄,刑偶欠子,孤独守寡,长寿之字。

厉:清雅英敏,中年平凡,晚年吉祥,荣幸之字。

亲:口快心直,刑偶伤子,中年吉祥,晚年劳神,出外大吉之字。

龙:克父命,晚婚吉,中年多灾厄或潦倒,出外吉祥,晚年平凡多灾之字。

整:妻贤子贵,一生清雅,义利分明,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌。

默:清闲伶俐,多才和睦,中年成功隆昌,出国之格。

卢:晚婚吉,中年多劳,晚年吉祥。

宪:小心爱情厄,有才能,官旺。英敏伶俐,晚年隆昌之字。

豫:忧心劳神或有爱情厄,中年劳晚年吉祥,有身弱短寿之字。

熹:清雅荣贵,克已助人,多才温和,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌。

臻:温和多才,操守廉正,中年成功隆昌,官运旺,出国享福。

帧:忠厚善良,义利分明,中年隆昌,晚年劳神。

燕:天生聪颖,清雅多才,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌。

学:外祥内优,多才贤能,中年劳,晚年吉祥之字。

静:多才贤淑,清雅伶俐,中赞平凡,晚年吉祥,小心爱情烦恼之字。

晓:胆识丰富,理智充足,出外大吉,官运旺,清雅荣贵,出国之字。

十七画:

璜:刑克父母,英敏多才,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌之字。

泽:学间丰富,名利双收,官或财旺,智勇兴家,一生荣贵之字。

津:多才贤淑,清雅伶俐,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌,白手起家之荣贵之字。

拥:性刚口快,多才贤能,荣贵隆昌,晚年劳神。

择:一生清雅伶俐,多才贤能,中年劳,晚年吉祥之字。

远:温和忠厚,勤俭治家,少年千难,晚年劳神。

莲:吉凶分明,吉则多和,贤能出国隆昌,凶则刑偶伤子,病弱短命。

逊:奔波劳苦或怀才不遇,中年多灾,晚年隆昌,子孙兴旺。

蔓:秀气温和多才贤淑,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌,荣贵幸福出国之字。

蔚:清雅荣贵官运旺,出国之格,成功隆昌之字。

锻:贤能多才,子孙兴旺,温和伶俐,忠厚良善,环境良好,保守之字。

营:中年多灾,或有爱情厄,晚年吉祥之字。

优:出外成功,清雅伶俐,刑偶伤子,晚年吉祥。

166

人教新目标七年级英语教案

应:外祥内苦,或刑偶伤子或怀才不遇,中年劳苦,晚年吉祥。

霞:少年千难,或有爱情厄,晚年吉祥。

慕:性刚果断,中年劳苦,晚年吉祥。

禧:一生清雅多才,温和贤能,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌,福禄刀收之字。

操:福禄双收,清雅温和,中年劳苦,晚年吉祥,女人身弱着不幸之字。

骏:官或财旺,天生聪颖,出外大吉荣贵,隆昌出国之字。

灿:克父命,英敏多才,清雅贤能,中年平凡,晚年吉祥。

耸:清雅多才,温和贤能,中年劳,晚年隆昌之字。

偿:吉祥贤能勤俭,肯作肯劳,义利分明,成功隆昌之字。

儡:优心劳神或事劳无功,或身弱多厄,一生多灾,晚年吉祥。

励:聪明伶俐,有才能理智,荣贵隆昌,出国之字。

赛:清雅多才,秀气伶俐吉祥,晚年劳神。

鸿:精明公正,学识渊博,官运旺,中年成功隆昌,富贵之字。

链:清雅荣贵,官运旺,中年成功隆昌,女人有爱情厄或病弱多灾。

键:天生联络,富贵双全,一生名利双收,出外吉祥,成功隆昌官旺之字。

变:智勇双手,义利分明,出外吉,中年成功隆昌出国之格之字。

柴:一生清雅平凡,福禄双收,名利有分,中年劳,晚年隆昌。

钟:勤俭忠厚,克已助人,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌,环境良好。

谦:英敏佳人,口才伶俐,交际巧妙,中年平凡,晚年吉祥,环境良好。

斋:学问丰富,官运旺,福禄双收,清雅隆昌,富贵之字。

联:事业如意,成功隆昌,环境良好,官或财旺,荣贵之字。

繁:刑偶恢子,晚婚大吉,中年平凡,晚年吉祥,女人身弱多卜幸。

声:温和贤能,名利双收,中年成功隆昌,荣贵双妻之格。

檀:清雅荣贵,多才贤能,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌出国之格。

瞳:得天时地利,官运旺,中年劳或多灾,晚年吉祥。

娇:有爱情厄或刑偶伤子,福禄双收,中年劳,晚年吉祥。

禅:温和贤能,怀才不遇,中年劳累,晚年吉祥。

糟:忧心劳神或事劳无功,刑偶伤子,中年劳,晚年吉祥。

鲜:清雅荣贵多才贤能,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌,名利双收。

篷:清雅荣贵,出外吉祥,中年劳,晚年吉祥,出国之格.官旺之字。

岭:多才贤能,勤俭忠厚吉祥,中年劳,晚年吉,出国之格。

烛:贵人明现,官运旺,清雅荣贵;中年吉祥,晚年隆昌。

徽:多才贤能;温和勤俭,中年成功隆昌,出国之字,名利双盯贵之字。

瞬:英敏贤能,克父命,中年劳,晚年吉祥,环境良好。

167

人教新目标七年级英语教案

举:小心爱情厄,天生聪明,中年劳,晚年吉祥之字。

敛:优心劳神或刑偶伤子,中年多灾厄或病弱,不祥之字。

检:性刚果断,中年多灾或刑偶伤子,或病弱多难之字。

恳:一生清雅多才,温和贤能,中年劳累,晚年吉祥,劳神之字。

擎:性刚口快,外祥内苦,或刑偶伤子,中年多灾,晚年吉祥。

胜:清雅荣贵,多才贤能,官运旺,成功隆昌。

桧:多才贤能,中年成功隆昌,环境良好,晚年劳神或多疾。

戴:出外逢贵得财,克已助人,中年劳,晚年成功隆昌。

队:出外逢贵得财,清雅伶俐,中年劳晚年吉祥。

阳:多才巧智,清雅荣贵,中年多劳,晚年隆昌,环境良好之字。

隆:克父命,多小心清雅伶俐,中年劳或奔波,晚年隆昌。

褒:出外吉祥,多才贤能,义利分明,中年劳,晚年吉祥。

讲:口才伶俐,言心守信,和气敦睦,中年平凡,晚年吉祥,环境良好。

奚:福禄双收,清雅荣贵,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌,劳神双妻之格。

罄:英敏清雅,多才贤能,福禄双收,名利有分,荣贵之字。

谢:一生清雅多才,伶俐勤俭,中年多劳,晚年吉祥。

与:英敏清秀,勤俭忠厚,一门鼎盛,福禄双收,环境良好。

黛:有爱情烦恼,或身弱,性刚口快,中年有灾厄,不幸之字。

豁:忧心劳神或怀才不遇,小心爱情厄,晚年隆昌之字,福禄双收。

霜:优心劳神,刑偶伤子,中年劳,晚年吉祥,女人不幸再嫁守寡之字。

鞠:智勇双全,清雅荣贵,出国之格,中年成功隆昌。

艰:有爱情烦恼或刑偶伤子,中年多灾厄,晚年吉祥,难幸福之字。

翼:英敏佳人,有才能理智,中年劳,晚年吉祥。

赚:勤俭建业,家声可振,福禄双收,中年劳,晚年吉祥。

棣:多愁多优,百事苦劳,中年劳,晚年吉祥,晚福之字。

纵:出外逢贵,多才贤能,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌,小心爱情厄。

聪:环境良好,理智,中年劳累,晚年隆昌,人缘和之字。

临:体弱多病,或事劳无功,配合吉则吉,成功隆昌荣贵。

总:一生清雅多才,义利分明,中年劳,晚年吉祥,双妻之格。

嫔:秀气贤淑,清雅伶俐,中年平凡,晚年隆昌。

缝:身弱或外祥内苦,中年劳,晚年吉祥。

十八画:

丰:多才巧智,清秀伶俐,中年成功隆昌,幸福荣贵之字。

涛:清雅荣贵,官运旺,中年成功隆昌,环境良好,晚年劳神。

168

人教新目标七年级英语教案

滨:身瘦多才,清雅荣贵,中年吉祥环境良好,晚年劳神多病。

滨:英敏多才,清雅贤翁,中年平凡,晚年吉祥。

滢:口快性刚,清雅多才,中年劳,晚年隆昌。

濮:智勇双全,学问丰富,中年成功隆昌,官运旺,出国富贵之字。

璨:刑偶伤子,智勇双全,中年辛苦,晚年成功隆昌。

环:清雅秀气,温和贤能,小心有爱情厄,中年吉祥。

拟:优心劳神或事劳无功,中年多灾厄,晚年吉祥。

获:性刚果断,有勇无谋,怀才不遇,武官吉,中年吉祥,晚年劳神之字。

观:出外吉祥,口快性刚,中年平凡,晚年吉祥,环境良好。

翱:清雅荣贵,福禄双收,操守廉正,出国之格,隆昌之字。

镇:英敏多才,贤能勤俭,出国之格,中年劳,晚年隆昌之字。

翘:清雅伶俐,多才贤能,智勇双全,官运旺,富贵出国之字。

储:晚婚迟得子吉,清雅伶俐,中年平凡,晚年隆昌,环境良好之字。

归:少年千难,英俊多才,中年吉祥,但刑偶伤子,晚年劳神。

焘:晚婚迟得子吉,清雅伶俐,中年平凡,晚年隆昌,环境良好之字。

爵:官或财旺,一生清雅荣贵,中年成功隆昌,刑偶伤子之字。

蕊:小心爱情厄,秀气伶俐,薄幸知寿,不幸再嫁守寡之字。

粮:勤俭治家,忠厚善良,清雅荣贵,中年成功隆昌,环境良好之字。

瞻:福禄双收,少年千难,中年劳或奔波,晚年吉祥。

闯:刑偶伤子,一生多灾厄,中年劳苦,晚年吉祥。

隙:出外逢贵得财,晚婚大吉,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌,官旺之字。

覆:少年千难,中年多厄或身弱奔波,晚年吉祥隆昌。

礼:清雅伶俐,刑偶或欠子,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌,双妻之格。

双:多才清雅,中年平凡,晚年吉祥,女人刑偶伤子或外祥内苦之字。

谨:义利分明,清雅荣贵,中年劳,晚年吉祥,环境良好。

绕:清雅贤能,理智聪明,中年平凡,晚年吉祥,女人小心爱情厄。

陨:智勇双全,聪明伶俐,中年平凡,晚年吉祥之字。

织:晚婚迟得子吉,小心爱情厄,中年多灾,晚年隆昌,身弱多病之字。

骐:清秀英俊,多和享福,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌,环境良好官运旺之字。

馥:秀气伶俐,清雅荣贵,出国之字,官旺,中年成功隆昌。

曜:多才勤俭,贤能忠厚,中年平凡,晚年隆昌,环境良好。

谟:清雅荣贵。多才贤能,中年成功隆昌,出国之字。

鹄:天生聪颖,多才贤能,中年平凡,晚年吉祥,环境良好之字。

础:命硬出外成功,中年劳奔波,晚年成功,隆昌刑偶伤子。

169

人教新目标七年级英语教案

题:出外成功隆昌,自在快乐,中年平凡,晚年隆昌,环境良好。

释:一生清雅荣贵,智勇双全,中年平凡,晚年吉祥。

馨:英敏多才,言必信,人缘好,忠厚善良,中年成功环境良。

蝉:天生聪颖,智勇多才,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌幸福之冬

转:忧心劳神或事劳无功,中年劳或刑偶伤子,晚年吉祥。

恭:义利分明,克己助人,精明公正,电年吉祥,晚年隆昌,出国之字。

锁:学问丰富,中年平凡,环境良好,晚年隆昌。

职:晚婚迟得子吉,天生聪颖,中年劳,晚年吉祥,短寿之字。

垒:忧心劳神或外祥内苦,小心爱情厄,中年多灾晚年吉祥。

医:一生清雅多才,中年辛劳,晚年隆昌之字。

镰:清雅荣贵,多才贤能,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌,出国之格。

关:晚婚迟得子吉,中年劳,晚年吉祥荣贵之字。

松:外祥内忧,清雅贤能,中年辛劳,晚年吉祥隆昌之字。

骑:福禄双收,晚婚大吉,贵人明现,中年劳,晚年吉祥。

鹃:清雅多小心爱情厄,中年平凡,晚年吉祥隆昌。

十九画:

攀:有爱情烦恼,或刑偶伤子,多灾厄或不幸,再嫁或守寡之字。

旷:理智充足,吉祥荣贵隆昌,环境良好,克父之字。

龄:慈祥有德,温和贤淑,清雅荣贵,中年劳,晚年隆昌。

韬:多才贤能,清雅多能,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌官运旺之字。

谱:晚婚迟得子大吉,清雅荣贵,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌之字。

玺:清明公正,义利分明,确双全,中年成功,官运旺。

际:忠厚善良,义利分明,谋略出众,中年吉祥,晚年劳神之字。

鹏:性刚果断或身弱多病,中年劳,武官大吉,晚年隆昌,官旺之字。

遵:出夕卜吉祥,温租多才,中年勤俭治家,晚年吉祥,环境良好。

迁:刑偶伤子,清雅多才,中年潦倒或困苦,晚年吉祥,出外吉祥之字。

遗:有才能理智,难遇卸己,出外吉祥,中年有厄,晚年安吉。

头:智勇双全,忠厚勤俭,中年成功隆昌,环境良好,教育界大吉之字。

镜:多才贤能,出外吉祥,官运旺,荣贵隆昌,环境良好。

祷:温和多才,清雅荣贵,身弱多疾,中年劳,晚年隆昌,官旺之字。

麒:学识渊博,智勇双全,一生荣贵隆昌,二子吉祥,官旺之字。

谭;温和贤能,英敏清敏,中年吉祥隆昌,晚年劳神。

铿:操守廉正,清雅荣贵,官运旺,中年成功隆昌,出国之字。

赞:清雅荣贵,刑偶伤子,晚婚大吉,中年功,晚年隆昌。

170

人教新目标七年级英语教案

赠:英敏多才,清雅荣贵,中年成功隆昌,环境良好,晚婚大吉之字。

证:英俊佳人,多才多能,忠厚善良,中年平心,晚年隆昌。

畴:学问丰富,清雅荣贵,听成功隆昌,官旺之格。

丽:清秀多才,妻贤子贵,中年吉祥,女人小心爱情厄。

鹊:理智充足,晚婚吉祥,中年劳,晚年隆昌。

愿:多才贤能,清雅荣贵,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌,环境良好之字。

识:刑偶伤子,晚婚大吉,中年劳或有爱情厄,晚年吉祥。

韵:小心爱情厄,中年有灾,晚婚平安,晚年吉祥之字。

辞:消极之字,或身弱多病,不幸之字。

麓:名利双收,重信义,中年劳,白手起家之字。

绘:多才贤能,温和贤淑,晚婚大吉,早婚多疾,中年劳,晚年吉祥。

泺:自在乐天成家业,中年劳或奔波,晚年吉祥。

稳:一生伶俐,早婚不宜,中年劳,晚年吉祥,女人再嫁,守寡之字。

系:有爱情烦恼或身弱短寿,中年多灾或劳苦,晚年隆昌。

薇:秀气多才,清雅伶俐,出外吉祥,中年平晚隆昌。

薄:刑偶伤子,清雅多才,中年成功隆昌,晚年劳神。

二十画:

宝:清雅多才,中年劳晚年吉祥,女人有爱情厄,或身弱短寿。

触:性刚果断,英雄之格,杀人被杀,或身弱或短寿或忌车怕胶,晚年吉祥。

党:多才贤能,一生平凡保守之字,女人爱情厄不幸之字。

窦:一生清雅荣贵,精明公正,但刑偶伤子,中年劳,晚年隆昌之字。

萧:秀气贤能,伶俐清雅,中年劳,晚年吉祥之字。

藏:温和清雅,多才贤能出外吉祥,中年劳,晚年隆昌。

悌:智勇双全,清雅荣贵多才贤能,中年成功隆昌,出国之字。

筹:多才贤能,清雅伶俐,中年吉祥,身弱多厄,晚年隆昌。

琼:小心爱情厄,秀气贤能,二子吉祥,中年成功隆昌,出国之格。

怀:浮沉不定,机谋多变,刑偶伤子,晚婚大吉,中年劳,小心爱情厄,出国格。

婴:清秀聪慧,温和贤淑,中年吉祥,晚年隆时,环境良好,早婚不宜。

耀:天生聪颖,清雅荣贵,多才贤能,中年成功隆昌,出国之格。

劝:克父伤母或刑偶伤子,中年劳,晚年吉称女人难幸福多灾之字。

肃:有爱情烦恼,或身弱多病,中年多灾,晚年吉祥。

继:胆识丰富,精明公正,中年成功隆昌,出国之字,小心爱情厄。

觉:刑偶或欠子,性刚口快,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌,出外吉祥之字。

171

人教新目标七年级英语教案

腾:出外逢贵得财,一生清雅,中年劳苦,晚年吉祥。

篮:一生清雅伶俐,理智充足,刑偶或伤子,中年汽,一晓年吉祥之字。

警:福禄双收,贵人明现,重情失败,中年劳,晚年吉祥。

舰:性刚果断,多才贤能,中年劳,晚年吉祥,环境良好。

赡:福禄双收,特有人缘,中年劳或有灾厄,晚年吉祥。

译:一生清闲量大,上下和睦,爱人所爱,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌。

严:智勇双全,忠厚善良,事业如意,官运旺,成功隆昌,荣贵之字。

籍:晚婚迟得子吉,白手起家,自力更生,中年勤俭,晚年隆昌之字。

应:出外逢贵得财,多才贤能,言必信,重义信用,刑偶伤子之字。

壤:晚婚迟得子大吉,出外吉祥,中年劳苦或怀才不遇之字。

飘:福禄双收,中年吉祥,环境良好,晚年劳神,双妻之格。

迈:少年千难,出外逢贵得财,中年劳,晚年隆昌,官运旺,出国之格。

还:奔波劳苦或身弱多疾,或刑偶伤子,中年劳,晚年吉祥。

二十一画:

顾:一生清雅荣贵,理智充足,中年劳,晚年吉祥之字。

护:晚婚大吉,出外吉祥,中年有灾,晚年隆昌之字。

续:清雅温和,多才伶俐,中年吉祥,环境良好,晚年多疾。

誉:福禄双收,官运旺,白手起家,晚年隆昌,环境臭好之字。

铎:官运财旺,一生优裕,中年平凡,晚年隆昌,环境良好之字。

铁:性刚果断,离祖成功,中年奔波吉祥,晚年劳神。

属:忧心劳神或事劳无功,早盾不宜,中年劳,晚年吉祥。

藤:身健多疾,义利分明,名利双收,中年劳,晚年吉祥。

览:忧心劳神或奔波苦或有爱情厄,中年累晚年吉祥之字。

鹤:安祥自乐,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌,但劳神多疾。

露:秀气伶俐,福禄双收,小心爱情厄,中年平凡,晚年隆昌。

巍:清雅雄壮,英敏豪爽,中年劳,晚年吉祥,女人身弱之字。

跃:清雅荣贵,福禄双收,中年吉祥,劳神,晚年隆昌,环境良好。

霸:刑偶欠子,晚婚大吉,中年离乱,成功隆昌,环境良好,双妻之格。

莺:秀气伶俐,多才贤淑,出外吉祥,中年劳,晚年隆昌之字。

樱:清雅文静,小心爱情厄,中年劳,晚年隆昌,环境良好。

衬:小心爱情厄,出外吉祥,中年劳累辛苦,晚年吉祥之字。

赣:不年千难,中年开泰,吉祥隆昌,晚年劳神。

胤:学识丰富,清雅荣贵,官运旺,中年成功隆昌之字。

172

人教新目标七年级英语教案

艺:有才能理智,温和贤能,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌,出国之字。

随:优心劳神或事劳无功,或外祥内愁,中年多灾,晚年吉。

二十二画

笼:优心劳神,刑偶伤子,晚婚大吉,中年劳,晚年吉祥之字。

读:出外贵人明现,清雅多才,中年劳苦,晚年吉祥。

听:性刚口快,父母无缘,中年无灾,晚年吉祥之字。

铸:精明公正,忠厚善良,荣贵隆昌,但身弱短寿之字。

欢:刑偶或伤子,清雅荣贵,中年成功隆昌,环境良好之字。

懿:智勇双全,操守廉正,清雅荣贵,官运旺,富贵之字。

郦:秀气伶俐,天生聪颖,温和贤淑,出国之格,戍功隆昌之字。

权:清雅荣贵,学问丰富,官运旺,中年成功,晚年劳神。

响:性刚果断或身弱短寿,中年多灾厄,忌车怕水,不祥之字。厂

诸:义利分明,克己助人,晚年吉祥隆昌,环境良好。

苏:天生聪颖,多才贤能,中年劳或奔波,晚年吉详隆昌。

霁:晴天风霁之意。

镔:精炼的钢铁。

俨:庄重齐整,望之俨然之意。

骅:赤色的骏马。

苹:即苹果。

沣:沣水之名。

蕴:藏品丰富。

边:汪洋大海,漫无边际之意。

二十三画:

兰:多才贤能,中年劳,晚年隆昌,女人小心爱情厄或身弱多病。

征:出外吉祥,名利双收,中年劳,晚年隆昌,荣幸之字。

攒:清雅多才,中年劳累,晚年吉祥。

严:刑偶伤子,中年多灾厄,难幸福之字。

驿:优心劳神或身弱短寿,虽成功隆昌,难幸福之字。

体:楠禄双收,名利双收,中年劳或多灾,晚年吉祥,有爱情厄。

麟:操守廉正,清雅荣贵,官运旺,中年成功,隆昌出国之格。

显:胆识丰富,多才贤能,中年吉,晚年劳神之字。

赢:清雅伶俐,多才巧智,刑偶或伤子,忌水厄,晚年吉祥。

173

人教新目标七年级英语教案

霭:谋为出众,福禄双收,贵人明现,中年吉祥,晚年隆昌。

鹰:性刚口快,少年千难,中年平凡,晚年吉祥,子孙兴旺。

让:福禄双收,出外吉祥,中年平凡,晚年隆昌,环境良好。

酿:清雅伶俐,贤能勤俭,出外吉祥,中年平凡,晚年吉祥。

鹭:秀气伶俐,温和贤淑,中年成功隆昌,晚年劳神之字。

藓:一种苔藓绿色植物。

茏:葱郁,草木茂盛。

二十四画:

簧:温和贤能,多才伶俐,中年劳或奔波,官运旺,晚年隆昌,欠子之字。

鑫:英俊才人,特有人缘,荣贵吉祥,官运旺,环境良好之字。

艳;清雅怜俐,多才贤淑,中年吉祥,小心爱情厄,晚年隆昌。

灵:精明公正,义利分明,中年成功隆昌,名利双收,环境良好。

衢:大路四通八达之意。

陇:大山之名。

矗:高耸直立之意。

二十五画:

骥:出外吉祥,晚婚大吉,中年有灾厄,忌车怕水,晚年吉样。

腾:身弱短寿或忌车怕水,中年多灾厄,晚年吉祥之字。

湾:一生手足不停或事劳无功,有爱情厄,晚年吉祥。

爵:天生聪颖,多才贤能,中年平凡,晚年隆昌,官运旺,荣幸之字。

灏:操守廉正,医界大吉,官运旺,中年成功隆昌,富贵之字。

厅:房屋中宽大的部室。

观:观光。

二十六画:

銮:有爱情厄或身弱短寿,中年劳,晚年隆昌,伶俐之字。

钻:刑偶伤子,清雅多才,中年劳,晚年隆昌,环境良好。

缆:性格复杂,多变易动,出外吉祥,沉浮不定,一生无运之字。

锣:义利分明,清雅多才,中年平凡,晚年隆昌,环境良好之字。

趱:快走疾速前进。

瞩:用眼看。

郦:姓氏。

二十七画

骥:贤能,好马。

郁:茂盛,香气浓厚,郁郁葱葱之意。

174

人教新目标七年级英语教案

锣:乐器。

二十八画

鹦:美丽的鹦鹉。

镗:古代的一种乐器。

二十九画

骊:黑色的马。

三十画

鹂:叫声清脆悦耳好听,非常受观赏的鸟。

鲡:鱼名。

175

因篇幅问题不能全部显示,请点此查看更多更全内容